Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA (GBSS19.1 - 03)

GSM BSS
GBSS19.1
Interoperability Between GSM and

WCDMA Feature Parameter
Description
Issue 03
Date 2019-01-31
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

GSM BSS
Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA Feature
Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.............................................................................................................1

1.1 Scope........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Intended Audience.................................................................................................................................................................. 2
1.3 Change History......................................................................................................................................................................... 2
2 Overview....................................................................................................................................4
2.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 NEs Supporting the Feature................................................................................................................................................ 5
3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and WCDMA...................................................................... 6

3.1 Common Measurement Based on the Iur-g Interface................................................................................................7
3.2 Information Exchange Based on the Iur-g Interface................................................................................................... 7
4 Measurement of Neighboring WCDMA Cells................................................................... 8

5 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT Cell Reselection....................................................................... 11
5.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM........................................................................................................................ 11
5.1.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM for MSs in Idle Mode.......................................................................... 11
5.1.2 WCDMA-to-GSM NACC.................................................................................................................................................. 12
5.2 Cell Reselection from GSM to WCDMA........................................................................................................................ 12
5.2.1 Cell Reselection Based on Cell Ranking..................................................................................................................... 13
5.2.2 Optimized GSM-to-WCDMA Cell Reselection in Packet Transfer Mode........................................................ 14
5.2.3 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release....................................................................................................15
5.2.4 NC2 between GSM and WCDMA.................................................................................................................................17
5.2.5 Forced NC2 Between GSM and WCDMA.................................................................................................................. 22
5.3 BSC supporting Blind Search............................................................................................................................................. 24
6 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT CS Handover............................................................................. 26

6.1 CS Handover from WCDMA to GSM.............................................................................................................................. 26
6.2 CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA.............................................................................................................................. 27
6.3 Service-Based CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA................................................................................................. 30
6.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 30
6.3.2 Procedure............................................................................................................................................................................. 30
6.4 Load-Based CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA..................................................................................................... 31
6.4.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 31
6.4.2 Procedure............................................................................................................................................................................. 32
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

GSM BSS
7 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT PS Handover............................................................................. 33

7.1 WCDMA-to-GSM PS Handover........................................................................................................................................ 33
7.1.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 33
7.1.2 Procedure............................................................................................................................................................................. 33
7.2 GSM-to-WCDMA PS Handover........................................................................................................................................ 36
7.2.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 36
7.2.2 Procedure............................................................................................................................................................................. 38
8 Related Features.................................................................................................................... 41
8.1 Features Related to GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability.....................................................................41
8.2 Features Related to GBFD-114323 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State............................................ 42
8.3 Features Related to GBFD-511110 BSC supporting Blind Search........................................................................ 43
8.4 Features Related to GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover................................................... 45
8.5 Features Related to GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover........................................................45
8.6 Features Related to GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release...................................46
9 Network Impact.....................................................................................................................48
9.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability......................................................................................................................................... 48
9.1.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 48
9.1.2 Network Performance...................................................................................................................................................... 48
9.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover........................................................................................................................ 48
9.2.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 48
9.3 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover............................................................................................................................ 48
9.3.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 49
9.4 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State................................................................................................................. 49
9.4.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 49
9.5 BSC supporting Blind Search............................................................................................................................................. 49
9.5.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 49
9.6 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release....................................................................................................... 49
9.6.1 System Capacity................................................................................................................................................................. 49
10 Engineering Guidelines...................................................................................................... 51
10.1 When to Use Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA................................................................................. 51
10.1.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability................................................................................................................................... 51
10.1.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover.................................................................................................................. 51
10.1.3 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover...................................................................................................................... 51
10.1.4 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State........................................................................................................... 52
10.1.5 BSC supporting Blind Search....................................................................................................................................... 52
10.1.6 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release................................................................................................. 52
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

GSM BSS
10.2 Required Information........................................................................................................................................................ 52

10.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
10.3.6 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release................................................................................................. 55
10.4 Overall Deployment Procedure......................................................................................................................................55
10.5 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Interoperability..................................................................................................................55
10.5.1 Deployment Requirements.......................................................................................................................................... 56
10.5.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................... 56
10.5.3 Activation Observation..................................................................................................................................................63
10.5.4 Deactivation...................................................................................................................................................................... 64
10.6 Deploying 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State......................................................................................... 64
10.6.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................... 65
10.6.4 Deactivation...................................................................................................................................................................... 68
10.7 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover................................................................................................ 69
10.7.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................... 70
10.7.4 Deactivation...................................................................................................................................................................... 73
10.8 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover.................................................................................................... 73
10.8.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................... 74
10.8.4 Deactivation...................................................................................................................................................................... 77
10.9 Deploying Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release............................................................................... 77
10.9.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................... 78
10.9.4 Deactivation...................................................................................................................................................................... 83
10.10 Deploying BSC supporting Blind Search...................................................................................................................83
10.10.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................ 83
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

GSM BSS
10.10.2 Activation........................................................................................................................................................................ 84
10.10.3 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................... 87
10.10.4 Deactivation................................................................................................................................................................... 88
10.11 Performance Optimization........................................................................................................................................... 90
10.11.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability and 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State................................... 90
10.11.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover and GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover............................. 90
10.11.3 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release............................................................................................... 90
10.11.4 BSC supporting Blind Search.................................................................................................................................... 90
10.12 Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................................ 91
11 Parameters............................................................................................................................92
12 Counters.............................................................................................................................. 222
13 Glossary............................................................................................................................... 274
14 Reference Documents...................................................................................................... 275
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA, including its
technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
The Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA feature involves the following
features:
● GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
● GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover
● GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover
● GBFD-114323 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State
● GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release
● GBFD-511101 Load Based Handover Enhancement on Iur-g
● GBFD-511102 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g
● GBFD-511103 GSM and WCDMA Load Balancing Based on Iur-g
● GBFD-511104 GSM and WCDMA Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g
● GBFD-119502 PS Handover
● GBFD-116201 Network-Controlled Cell Reselection (NC2)
● GBFD-511110 BSC supporting Blind Search
The following features are described in this document:
● GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
● GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover
● GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover
● GBFD-114323 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State
● GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release
● GBFD-119502 PS Handover
● GBFD-116201 Network-Controlled Cell Reselection (NC2)
● GBFD-511110 BSC supporting Blind Search
Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

GSM BSS
The following features are described in Common Radio Resource Management

Feature Parameter Description:
● GBFD-511101 Load Based Handover Enhancement on Iur-g
● GBFD-511103 GSM and WCDMA Load Balancing Based on Iur-g
● GBFD-511104 GSM and WCDMA Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g
The following features are described in NACC Feature Parameter Description:
● GBFD-511102 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
● Need to understand the features described herein

● Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document
versions. There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
● Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
● Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the
earlier version
03 (2019-01-31)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Modified man-machine language None

change (MML) command configurations. For
details, see:
10.9.2 Activation.
Modified activation Observation, For
details, see:
10.5.3 Activation Observation

GSM BSS
02 (2017-10-20)
This issue includes the following changes.

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Modified the methods for differentiated None

change processing on abnormal MSs. For
details, see 10.12 Troubleshooting.
01 (2017-04-28)
Compared with Issue 01 (2016-08-31) of GBSS18.1, Issue 01 (2017-04-28) of
GBSS19.1 includes the following changes.

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Added methods for differentiated Added the following

change processing on abnormal MSs when the parameters:
inter-RAT handover success rate is low. ● TAC (BSC6900,
For details, see 10.12 Troubleshooting. BSC6910)
● DifferFeatureSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
● MinEcNoOffVal
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
● MinRSCPOffVal
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
● InterRatHoEN
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Introduction
WCDMA and GSM will coexist for a long time. Huawei GSM BSS provides GSM/
WCDMA interoperability, which allows inter-RAT handovers and inter-RAT cell
reselections between GSM and WCDMA.
GSM/WCDMA interoperability supports smooth evolution from GSM to WCDMA,
which helps reduce operators' capital expenditure (CAPEX). This feature provides
operators with both WCDMA and GSM networks complete support for a seamless
coverage from GSM to WCDMA. For example, with the cell reselection or
handover function, operators can keep providing services for a dual-mode MS that
moves away from the WCDMA coverage, thereby improving user experience.
In areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks, Interoperability between
GSM and WCDMA balances traffic loads between two networks. For example,
when the traffic load in a GSM cell is too high, Interoperability between GSM and
WCDMA can hand over some calls in the GSM cell to a WCDMA cell.
Interoperability between GSM and WCDMA also allows operators to set different
service access policies in areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks. For
example, GSM is preferentially selected for handling CS services and WCDMA for
PS services.
All MSs mentioned in this document are multi-mode MSs that support both GSM and
WCDMA.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 2 Overview
2.2 NEs Supporting the Feature

Table 2-1 NEs supporting the feature
Feature BSC6900 BSC6910 GBTS eGBTS
GSM/WCDMA √ √ √ √
Interoperabilit
y
2G/3G Cell √ √ √ √
Reselection
Based on MS
State
BSC √ √ √ √
supporting
Blind Search
Service Based
Handover
Load Based
Handover
Fast WCDMA √ √ √ √
Reselection at
2G CS Call
Release
√ indicates that the NE supports this feature. × indicates that the NE does not support this
feature.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and WCDMA
3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and

WCDMA
Load information exchange is a prerequisite for Interoperability Between GSM and

WCDMA. Load information exchange consists of the following types:
● Load information exchange through the core network (CN): Load information,
which is carried in the information elements (IEs) in the signaling for
handovers, is exchanged between the GSM BSC over the A interface and the
WCDMA RNC over the Iu interface. In this situation, load information is
exchanged irregularly. Unnecessary handover attempts may occur.
● Load information exchange through the Iur-g interface: Load information is
exchanged between the GSM BSC and the WCDMA RNC through the Iur-g
interface instead of the CN. Through the Iur-g interface, the GSM BSC and
WCDMA RNC can exchange load information with each other by performing
information exchange and common measurement. This implementation
simplifies the GSM/WCDMA interoperability procedure, shortens the handover
delay, and increases the handover success rate. For details about common
measurement and information exchange based on the Iur-g interface between
the GSM and WCDMA networks, see Common Measurement Based on the
Iur-g Interface and Information Exchange Based on the Iur-g Interface.
Figure 3-1 shows the position of the Iur-g interface on a network.
Figure 3-1 Position of the Iur-g interface on a network

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and WCDMA
3.1 Common Measurement Based on the Iur-g

Interface
The common measurement based on the Iur-g interface function enables the RNC
to obtain the load of the BSC in time.
The common measurement based on the Iur-g interface procedure enables an
RNC and a BSC to exchange information about the current radio resource usage of
the cells. The current radio resource usage of the GSM cells is represented by
LOAD, which ranges from 0 to 100 and indicates the proportion of timeslots
occupied by the GSM cells.
Common measurement involves the following procedures:
● On-demand common measurement procedure
● Periodic common measurement procedure
● Event-triggered common measurement procedure
● Common measurement initiation failure processing procedure
● Common measurement failure indication procedure
● Common measurement termination procedure
3.2 Information Exchange Based on the Iur-g Interface

The information exchange based on the Iur-g interface function enables the RNC
to obtain the capacity of the BSC in time.
The information exchange based on the Iur-g interface procedure is used to
exchange information about the radio resource capacity of WCDMA and GSM cells
between an RNC and a BSC. The absolute value of the number of TRXs in a GSM
cell is represented by Cell Capacity Class, whose value ranges from 1 to 100. If
the number of TRXs in a GSM cell is more than 100, the corresponding value of
Cell Capacity Class is 100.
Information exchange involves the following procedures:
● On-demand information exchange procedure
● On-modify information exchange procedure
● Information exchange initiation failure processing procedure
● Information exchange failure indication procedure
● Information exchange termination procedure

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 4 Measurement of Neighboring WCDMA Cells
4 Measurement of Neighboring WCDMA

Cells
To support cell reselection and handover from GSM to WCDMA, the BSS sends the
neighboring WCDMA cell list and parameters for cell reselection and handover
through system information (SI) to MSs. MSs then measure neighboring WCDMA
cells based on the received information. SI consists of SI 2Quater and
Measurement Information. SI 2Quater is sent on the BCCH, and Measurement
Information is sent on the SACCH. The Send2QuterFlag (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter specifies whether to send SI 2quater.
The BSC shortens the length of the first SI 2Quater and sends MSs the
neighboring WCDMA cell list in SI 2Quater and Measurement Information using a
dense coding scheme. This implementation decreases the number of SIs that the
BSC sends to MSs and reduces the interruption duration of PS services during cell
reselections. FirstSI2QuaterMsgOptSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies whether
the BSC shortens the length of the first SI 2quater it sends to an MS.
SI2QUATEROPTIMIZEDALLOWED (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies whether the
BSC sends MSs the neighboring WCDMA cell list in SI 2quater and Measurement
Information using a dense coding scheme.
As specified in 3GPP specifications, the BSC can send external neighboring cell information
to MSs using a maximum of 16 SI 2Quater messages. If the number of neighboring UMTS
and LTE cells configured for a cell exceeds the maximum number of neighboring cells that
can be contained in SI 2Quaters, the BSC will not send the SI 2Quaters to MSs. It is
recommended that FirstSI2QuaterMsgOptSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) be set to ON(On) and
SI2QUATEROPTIMIZEDALLOWED (BSC6900, BSC6910) be set to YES(YES) to allow SI
2Quaters to contain information about more neighboring cells.
If "MBR" is indicated in a system message, the MS reports the number of

neighboring cells at each frequency band. If the MS reports the number of
neighboring cells at the same frequency band of the serving cell, it can report a
maximum of the value of GSMFREQCNUM (BSC6900, BSC6910).
Neighboring cells can be delivered automatically or manually, which is controlled
by FDDBA1TAG (BSC6900, BSC6910) in idle mode and by FDDBA2TAG
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in dedicated mode.
● If neighboring cells are automatically delivered in idle or dedicated mode,
neighboring cells configured in the ADD GEXT3GCELL command are used

GSM BSS
and the neighboring cell information includes the values of DF (BSC6900,

BSC6910), SCRAMBLE (BSC6900, BSC6910), DIVERSITY (BSC6910,
BSC6900), UTRANCELLTYPE (BSC6900, BSC6910), and SYNCCASE
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If neighboring cells are manually delivered in idle mode, the neighboring cell
information depends on the values of ITEM (BSC6900, BSC6910),
ITEMVALID (BSC6900, BSC6910), FDDDLUARFAN (BSC6900, BSC6910),
FDDSCRAMBLE (BSC6900, BSC6910), and FDDDIVERSITY (BSC6900,
BSC6910) in the SET GCELLIDLEFDDBA1 command. The neighboring cell
information must be configured according to the network planning.
● If neighboring cells are manually delivered in dedicated mode, the
neighboring cell information depends on the values of ITEM (BSC6900,
BSC6910), ITEMVALID (BSC6900, BSC6910), DF (BSC6900, BSC6910),
SCRAMBLE (BSC6900, BSC6910), and DIVERSITY (BSC6900, BSC6910) in
the SET GCELLHOFDDBA2 command. The neighboring cell information must
be configured according to the network planning.
MSs in GSM cells measure both the signal levels of neighboring GSM cells and
neighboring WCDMA cells. The BSS controls the neighboring cell measurement
performed by MSs to avoid unnecessary measurements and reduce MS power
consumption. MSs in idle mode or packet transfer mode can perform inter-RAT
cell reselection. MSs in dedicated mode can perform inter-RAT handover.
Operators can set different measurement parameters for MSs operating in
different modes.
MSs in idle mode determine whether to measure information about neighboring
WCDMA cells based on the value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the receive level
of the serving cell. The conditions for triggering the measurement depend on the
value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 0 to 6, the
measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is lower
than the value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 8 to 14, the
measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is higher
than the value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 7, MSs always measure neighboring
WCDMA cell information.
● If QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 15, MSs do not measure neighboring
Normally, MSs in packet transfer mode determine whether to measure the
information about neighboring WCDMA cells based on the value of QI (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and the receive level of the serving cell. If any of the following
conditions are met, MSs in packet transfer mode determine whether to measure
the neighboring WCDMA cell information based on the value of QP (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and the receive level of the serving cell.
● The GSM cell has a PBCCH, and QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is broadcast on the
PBCCH.
● The serving GSM cell does not have a PBCCH but QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
broadcast on the BCCH. In addition, MSs have received the Packet Cell
Change Order message or the Packet Measurement Order message that
carries the GPRS cell reselection parameters of one or more WCDMA cells.

GSM BSS
The conditions for triggering the measurement depend on the value of QP

(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 0 to 6, the
measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is lower
than the value of QP (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 8 to 14, the
measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is higher
than the value of QP (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 7, MSs always measure neighboring
● If QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 15, MSs do not measure neighboring
MSs in dedicated mode determine whether to measure the information about
neighboring WCDMA cells based on the value of QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and the receive level of the serving cell. The conditions for triggering the
measurement depend on the value of QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 0 to
6, the measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is
lower than the value of QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 8 to
14, the measurement is triggered when the receive level of the serving cell is
higher than the value of QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 7, MSs always measure
neighboring WCDMA cell information.
● If QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 15, MSs do not measure
neighboring WCDMA cell information.
QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is contained in the Measurement Information
message. After entering dedicated mode, MSs attempt to obtain QSEARCHC
(BSC6900, BSC6910) from the Measurement Information message transmitted on
the SACCH. Before QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910) is obtained, MSs use the
value of QCI (BSC6900, BSC6910) that is transmitted on the BCCH as the value of
QSEARCHC (BSC6900, BSC6910).

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 5 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT Cell Reselection
5 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT Cell Reselection
GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT cell reselection includes WCDMA-to-GSM cell reselection

and GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection. Cell reselection is mainly performed by MSs.
For MSs in idle mode, GSM/WCDMA interoperability involves only GSM/WCDMA

inter-RAT cell reselection. A dual-mode or multi-mode MS camping on a GSM cell
measures the information about neighboring WCDMA cells, and then decides
whether to reselect a WCDMA cell based on cell reselection parameters.
For MSs in packet transfer mode, cell reselection modes include network-
controlled mode 0 (NC0), network-controlled mode 1 (NC1), and network-
controlled mode 2 (NC2). NC0 cell reselection and NC1 cell reselection are
performed by MSs without the intervention of the BSS. In NC2 cell reselection, the
BSS sends signaling to steer MSs towards desired camping cells.
The INTERRATCELLRESELEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies whether

to enable GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT cell reselection. When INTERRATCELLRESELEN
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to NO(No), the BSS does not send the neighboring
WCDMA cell list and the parameters related to GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT cell
reselection. In this case, MSs in a GSM cell cannot reselect a WCDMA cell.
5.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM

Cell reselection from WCDMA to GSM involves the cell reselection for MSs in idle
and packet transfer modes. In addition, cell reselection for MSs in packet transfer
mode is WCDMA-to-GSM NACC or enhanced WCDMA-to-GSM NACC.
5.1.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM for MSs in Idle

Mode
When an MS moves to the GSM coverage area and reselects a GSM cell, the MS
initiates a location update to the GSM network if the location area is changed.
The GSM network handles the location update regardless of whether the MS is
from a WCDMA cell.
In the BSS, the cell reselection procedure from WCDMA to GSM is the same as
that between GSM cells. This procedure is not described in this document.

GSM BSS
5.1.2 WCDMA-to-GSM NACC

The WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure is specified in 3GPP specifications. The
GSM-to-WCDMA NACC procedure, however, is not.
Figure 5-1 shows the WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure.
Figure 5-1 WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure
After the RNC determines that an MS should reselect a GSM cell, it sends a Cell
Change Order From UTRAN message to the MS. If the WCDMA-to-GSM NACC
procedure is applied, the Cell Change Order From UTRAN message carries the IE
"Geran System Information" that contains the SI1, SI3, and SI13 of the target GSM
cell.
Before performing WCDMA-to-GSM NACC, the RNC obtains the SI of the target
GSM cell through the RAN Information Management (RIM) procedure. The RIM
procedure consists of SI request and SI update procedures.
● SI request procedure: This procedure is initiated by the source RNC, requesting

the SI about the target GSM cell.
● SI update procedure: This procedure is initiated by the target BSC, instructing
the source RNC to update the SI about the target GSM cell.
After receiving the Cell Change Order From UTRAN message, the MS leaves the
WCDMA cell and reselects the GSM cell. After the cell reselection is complete, the
MS uses the SI about the target GSM cell in the initial packet access procedure. In
this manner, the period of PS service interruption is shortened.
During the WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure, the RIM procedure must be

supported on the Gb interface. To support the RIM procedure, the BSC must be
configured with the RIMSUP (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter for the NSE to
indicate whether the RIM procedure is supported.
5.2 Cell Reselection from GSM to WCDMA

Cell reselection from GSM to WCDMA includes cell reselection for MSs in idle and
packet transfer modes. Cell reselection for MSs in idle mode refers to cell

GSM BSS
reselection based on cell ranking. Fast 3G Reselection at 2G CS Call Release and

NC2 between GSM and WCDMA are optimized cell reselection solutions, which
can accelerate cell reselection.
5.2.1 Cell Reselection Based on Cell Ranking

MSs in a GSM cell obtain the neighboring WCDMA cell list and cell reselection
parameters from SI2quater, and then measure neighboring WCDMA cells
according to the list and parameters. The mechanism for NC0 or NC1 cell
reselection from GSM to WCDMA for MSs in idle mode is the same as that for
MSs in packet transfer mode. In the GSM network, cell reselection from GSM to
WCDMA is controlled by QI (BSC6900, BSC6910), FDDQOFF (BSC6900,
BSC6910), and FDDQMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910).
QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the start level for measuring neighboring WCDMA
cells. In the NC0 or NC1 cell reselection for MSs in idle or packet transfer mode,
MSs start to search for neighboring WCDMA cells when the level of the serving
cell is lower than the value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) (when QI (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to a value within the range of 0 to 6) or higher than the value of
QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) (when QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to a value within
the range of 8 to 14). When QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 7, MSs always
search for neighboring WCDMA cells.
Ec/No and Received Signal Code Power (RSCP) of the Common Pilot Channel
(CPICH) are commonly used during neighboring WCDMA cell measurement. An
MS starts GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselections if the following conditions are met
and last for more than five seconds:
● CPICH RSCP > RLA_C + FDDQOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910)
● CPICH Ec/No ≥ FDDQMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) - FDDQMINOFFSET
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
● CPICH RSCP ≥ FDD_RSCP_threshold
In WCDMA, Ec/No is the ratio of energy per modulating bit to the noise spectral density. It
is equivalent to C/I in GSM.
Where,
● RLA_C is the average receive level. In a GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection, the
RSCP of the neighboring WCDMA cell must meet the following requirements:
– RSCP > Average receive level of the serving cell + FDDQOFF (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
– RSCP > Receive level of each neighboring GSM cell + FDDQOFF
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
● FDDQOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the receive level difference between the
candidate WCDMA cell and the serving GSM cell. This parameter is a key
factor for controlling the GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection. The greater the
value of FDDQOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910) is, the more difficult it is for the
GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection condition to be met, and more MSs will
camp on the GSM cell.
● FDDQMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the minimum Ec/No threshold for GSM-
to-WCDMA cell reselection. The greater the value of FDDQMIN (BSC6900,

GSM BSS
BSC6910) is, the more difficult it is to meet the cell reselection condition.
FDDQMINOFFSET (BSC6900, BSC6910) is offset of the minimum Ec/No
threshold for GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection. An MS determines the
minimum receive level of a candidate WCDMA cell for cell reselection based
on FDDQMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) and FDDQMINOFFSET (BSC6900,
BSC6910). That is, FDDQMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) and FDDQMINOFFSET
(BSC6900, BSC6910) do not determine the cell reselection from GSM to
WCDMA directly but guarantee the signal quality of the candidate WCDMA
cell.
● FDD_RSCP_threshold is calculated as follows:
– If FDD_RSCPmin is broadcast in the serving cell, then
FDD_RSCP_threshold = FDDRSCPMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) -
min((P_MAX - 21 dBm), 3 dB).
– If FDD_RSCPmin is not broadcast in the serving cell and Qrxlevmin and
Pcompensation can be obtained in the serving cell, then
FDD_RSCP_threshold = Qrxlevmin + Pcompensation + 10 dB.
– If FDD_RSCPmin is not broadcast in the serving cell and Qrxlevmin and
Pcompensation cannot be obtained in the serving cell, then
FDD_RSCP_threshold = -102dBm (the default value of FDD_RSCPmin).
Where,
– P_MAX is the maximum RF output power of an MS in a WCDMA cell.
– Qrxlevmin is the minimum required RX level in a WCDMA cell.
– Pcompensation is max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH – P_MAX, 0).
– UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum TX power level an MS may use
when accessing a WCDMA cell on RACH.
– FDDRSCPMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is used to calculate the
FDD_RSCP_threshold of the target cell for a GSM-to-WCDMA cell
reselection.
If multiple WCDMA cells meet the cell reselection conditions, the MS selects the
cell with the highest RSCP as the target cell.
The GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection cannot be triggered within five seconds after
the WCDMA-to-GSM cell reselection. In case of a cell reselection occurring within
the previous 15 seconds, FDDQOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910) is increased by 5 dB.
If both the conditions for the GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection and those for the
GSM-to-GSM cell reselection are met, the MS selects a WCDMA cell as the target
cell.
5.2.2 Optimized GSM-to-WCDMA Cell Reselection in Packet

Transfer Mode
This section describes the GBFD-114323 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State
feature.
This feature is designed to optimize cell reselection from GSM to WCDMA. It

enables dual-mode MSs in idle mode and in packet transfer mode to adopt
different reselection policies to access the 3G network as required.

GSM BSS
An MS in idle mode searches for neighboring FDD cells based on the value of the
Qsearch_I information element (IE) contained in system information (SI). The
value of Qsearch_I is specified by the QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
When SendPmoWithQpSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON(on), an MS in
packet transfer mode searches for neighboring FDD cells based on the value of the
Qsearch_P IE contained in the PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message. If an MS
does not obtain the Qsearch_P IE, the MS searches for neighboring FDD cells
based on the value of the Qsearch_I IE. The value of Qsearch_P is specified by the
QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. When QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 15,
MSs in packet transfer mode are not allowed to reselect to a neighboring FDD cell.
5.2.3 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release

This section describes the GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call
Release feature.
Overview
When an MS terminates a call in the GSM network, it camps on the cell in which
the call is released and then starts neighboring cell measurement. When a
neighboring WCDMA cell meets the requirements for cell reselection, the MS
reselects the WCDMA cell. The WCDMA cell reselection is initiated after the MS
receives the SI and performs the related calculation.
When the feature Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release is activated, the
BSS selects the best neighboring WCDMA cell based on the measurement
information after the MS in a GSM cell terminates a CS call. Then, the BSS sends
the MS the cell information through the Channel Release message, instructing the
MS to camp on that WCDMA cell. With this feature, an MS can camp on a
WCDMA cell without performing cell reselection decisions, thereby decreasing the
GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection duration to 1-2s. This feature allows the MS to
camp on the WCDMA cell for a longer period. In addition, the number of location
area updates is reduced, and the paging success rate is increased, increasing the
revenue of operators in the WCDMA network.
The WCDMA network in this document refers to the UTRAN FDD. FDD stands for frequency
division duplex.
Procedure
After an MS in a GSM cell releases a CS call, the BSC sends the MS a Channel
Release message that carries the IE "Cell selection indicator after release of all
TCH and SDCCH". This IE carries the neighboring WCDMA cell information,
facilitating the MS to reselect a WCDMA cell. This feature needs the support of
both the network and the MS.
Figure 5-2 shows the cell reselection procedure for an MS-terminated call.

GSM BSS
Figure 5-2 Procedure for fast WCDMA reselection at 2G CS call release
1. After receiving a Release Complete message from the MS, the MSC sends a
Clear Command message to the BSC, instructing the BSC to release the
occupied resources on the A and Um interfaces.
2. The BSC sends a Channel Release message to the MS, instructing the MS to
release the TCH or SDCCH on the Um interface. The Channel Release message
may carry the IE "Cell selection indicator after release of all TCH and SDCCH",
which contains the information about the target neighboring WCDMA cell.
The MS in the serving GSM cell measures neighboring cells.
If... Then...
The information about neighboring After performing MR filtering, the

WCDMA cells is carried in a BSC carries the information
measurement report (MR) (including FDD-ARFCN and
FDD_CELL_INFORMATION) about
the best neighboring WCDMA cell in
the Channel Release message,
instructing the MS to reselect that
neighboring WCDMA cell.
For details about MR filtering, see
section "Measurement Report
Processing" in Handover Feature
Parameter Description.
No neighboring WCDMA cell The BSC does not carry the IE "Cell
information is carried in an MR or selection indicator after release of
the value of CELLSELECTAFTER- all TCH and SDCCH" in the Channel
CALLREL (BSC6900, BSC6910) is Release message.
NO(No)
3. After receiving the Channel Release message, the MS releases the main
signaling link. Then, the MS sends a DISC frame to the BTS, instructing the
BTS to release the TCH or SDCCH.

GSM BSS
4. After receiving an Unnumbered Acknowledgement(UA) message, the MS

switches to idle mode and initiates cell reselection based on the IE "Cell
selection indicator after release of all TCH and SDCCH".
If... Then...
The Channel Release message The MS attempts to camp on the

contains the IE "Cell selection cell indicated in the Channel Release
indicator after release of all TCH and message.
SDCCH"
The Channel Release message does The MS attempts to camp on the

not contain the IE "Cell selection cell where the TCH or SDCCH is
indicator after release of all TCH and already released.
SDCCH"
5. If 4 fails, the MS performs a normal cell reselection procedure to camp on any

appropriate cells.
FASTRESELECTSW (BSC6900, BSC6910) controls whether to allow an MS to fast
return to a WCDMA cell during a location update.
5.2.4 NC2 between GSM and WCDMA

This section describes the feature GBFD-116201 NC2 between GSM and WCDMA.
NC2 cell reselection can be performed for inter-RAT cell reselection only when an
MS is in packet transfer mode.
NC2 cell reselection between GSM and WCDMA refers to the network-controlled
cell reselection from GSM to WCDMA triggered by a BSC.
NC2 cell reselection is activated after the NCO (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
set to NC2(NC2).
In NC2 cell reselection mode, an MS generally determines whether to measure
neighboring WCDMA cells based on the value of QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the
receive level of the serving cell. If any of the following conditions are met, the MS
determines whether to measure neighboring WCDMA cells based on the value of
QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the receive level of the serving cell:
● The serving GSM cell has a PBCCH, and QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is broadcast
on the PBCCH.
● The serving GSM cell does not have a PBCCH but QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
broadcast on the BCCH. In addition, MSs have received the Packet Cell
Change Order message or the Packet Measurement Order message that
carries the GPRS cell reselection parameters of one or more WCDMA cells.
In NC2 cell reselection mode, an MS performs inter-RAT neighboring WCDMA cell
measurements based on QP (BSC6900, BSC6910), FDDFREQCNUM (BSC6900,
BSC6910), FDDCELLOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910), and FDDCELLTHRED (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and sends MRs.
● QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the threshold for an MS in PS mode to search for
WCDMA cells. If the level of the serving GSM cell is lower than the value of
QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) (when QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is within the range

GSM BSS
of 0 to 6) or higher than the value of QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) (when QP

(BSC6900, BSC6910) is within the range of 8 to 14), the MS starts to search
for WCDMA cells.
● FDDFREQCNUM (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the number of WCDMA cells that
should be contained in the best cell list, which is carried in the MR from an
MS.
● FDDCELLOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the receive level offset for WCDMA
cells. During the ranking of measured neighboring cells, the value of this
parameter is added to the receive level of measured WCDMA cells.
● FDDCELLTHRED (BSC6900, BSC6910) is the threshold for reporting a
WCDMA cell. The MS reports only the cells whose RSCP is greater than this
threshold.
Figure 5-3 shows the procedure for NC2 cell reselection between GSM and
WCDMA.
Figure 5-3 Procedure for NC2 cell reselection between GSM and WCDMA
1. An MS in the GPRS Mobility Management (GMM) Ready state periodically

sends Packet Measurement Report messages or Packet Enhanced
Measurement Report messages to the BSC. These MRs contain the RSCP of
neighboring WCDMA cells.
2. After receiving a packet MR, the BSC processes the measurement results.
Then, the BSC determines whether to perform a cell reselection.
3. If the BSC determines to initiate a cell reselection, it sends the Packet Cell
Change Order message to the MS to instruct the MS to reselect the specified
target WCDMA cell. Target cell reselection is based on the NC2 cell reselection
algorithm.

GSM BSS
4. If a cell reselection fails, the MS sends the Packet Cell Change Failure message
to the BSC. After receiving this message, the BSC subtracts PENALTYRXLEV
(BSC6900, BSC6910) from the receive level of the target cell. If the receive
level of the target cell is less than PENALTYRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910), the
BSC sets the receive level of the target cell to 0.
The NC2 cell reselection algorithms include the service-based NC2 cell
reselection algorithm, quality-based NC2 cell reselection algorithm, and load-
based NC2 cell reselection algorithm.
Service-Based NC2 Cell Reselection Algorithm

The service-based NC2 cell reselection is activated when TrafficReselAllow
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to PERMIT(Permit).
The BSC may find the IE "Service UTRAN CCO" in multiple DL-UNITDATA PDUs,
CREATE-BSS-PFC PDUs, or PS-HANDOVER-REQUEST PDUs sent from the SGSN.
The BSS considers that the last received IE "Service UTRAN CCO" is of the highest
priority. The IE "Service UTRAN CCO" carries Service UTRAN CCO Value part,
which indicates the most suitable RAT for the current service.
Table 5-1 lists the values of Service UTRAN CCO Value part and their meanings.
Table 5-1 Values of Service UTRAN CCO Value part and their meanings
Coding Bits Meaning
000 Network initiated cell change order to

UTRAN or PS handover to UTRAN
procedure should be performed

procedure should not be performed

procedure should not be performed
111 If received, should be interpreted as no

information available (bits 4-5 valid)
Other values If received, should be interpreted as no

information available
If the value of Service UTRAN CCO Value part is 000, the MS triggers a service-
based cell reselection and selects the neighboring WCDMA cell with the highest
receive level.
If no neighboring WCDMA cells are available, the MS proceeds to perform a
quality-based, load-based, or coverage-based NC2 cell reselection.

GSM BSS
Quality-Based NC2 Cell Reselection Algorithm

The quality-based NC2 cell reselection is activated when URGENTRESELALLOW
When the conditions for triggering a service-based NC2 cell reselection are not
met, the BSC determines whether to initiate a cell reselection based on the receive
quality of the radio link on the Um interface. The MRs or Bit Error Rate (BER)
indicates the receive quality on the radio link and the number of times bad radio
link quality occurs.
In a receive quality measurement period, if the MS receive quality deterioration
ratio is greater than the CELLRXQUALWORSENRATIOTHRSH (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter, a quality-based NC2 cell reselection is initiated.
● MS receive quality deterioration ratio = Times of bad radio link quality/
Number of radio link quality MRs
In quality-based NC2 cell reselection, the cell with the highest priority is selected
as the target cell from the candidate GSM cells. The priority of a cell is determined
by its receive level and characteristics information such as cell type, and support
for EDGE. In quality-based NC2 cell reselection, the candidate WCDMA cell with
the highest receive level is selected as the target cell. If NC2LoadResel (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to Support(Support), the cell characteristics information also
includes the load of the candidate GSM cells under the same BSC.
In quality-based NC2 cell reselection, a candidate cell must meet the following
conditions:
● Receive level of the neighboring GSM candidate cell > Max(Receive level of
the serving cell, MINACCRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910)) + RESELHYST
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● Measured RSCP of the neighboring WCDMA cell > FDDRSCPQUALTHRSH
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● When NC2LoadResel (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Support(Support), the
neighboring GSM candidate cells under the same BSC are not congested.
● When Service UTRAN CCO Value part is set to 010 or 001, none of the
neighboring WCDMA cells can be selected as the candidate target cell.
Then, the highest level candidate cell within the highest priority cells is selected as
the target cell. If a neighboring WCDMA cell is selected, an NC2 cell reselection
from GSM to WCDMA is triggered.
Load-Based NC2 Cell Reselection Algorithm

The load-based NC2 cell reselection algorithm is activated when
LOADRESELALLOW (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to PERMIT(Permit).
When neither the conditions for initiating a service-based NC2 cell reselection nor
the conditions for initiating a quality-based NC2 cell reselection are met, a load-
based NC2 cell reselection is initiated to balance the load among the cells in the
network. In load-based NC2 cell reselection, some MSs in cells with heavy load are
reselected to cells with light load. In addition, the MSs in neighboring cells should
not be reselected to these heavily-loaded cells.
Figure 5-4 shows a load-based NC2 cell reselection.

GSM BSS
Figure 5-4 Load-based NC2 cell reselection
When the serving cell is overloaded and the receive level in this cell is lower than
LOADRESELMAXRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910), load-based NC2 cell reselection is
triggered.
● If the channel multiplexing rate of a cell is higher than

LOADRESELSTARTTHRSH (BSC6900, BSC6910), the cell load is heavy. Then,
the load-based NC2 cell reselection should be enabled.
● In a load-based NC2 cell reselection, only the MS whose signal level is lower
than LOADRESELMAXRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910) can be reselected to a
neighboring cell.
In load-based NC2 cell reselection, the cell with the highest priority is selected as
the target cell from the candidate GSM cells. The priority of a cell is determined
for EDGE. Alternatively, the candidate WCDMA cell with the highest receive level is
selected as the target cell. If NC2LoadResel (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
Support(Support), the characteristics information about a cell also includes the
load of GSM candidate cells under the same BSC.
In load-based NC2 cell reselection, a candidate cell must meet the following
conditions:
● Receive level of the neighboring GSM cell > Max(Receive level of the serving
cell, MINACCRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910)) + RESELHYST (BSC6900,
BSC6910).
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
neighboring WCDMA cells can be selected as the candidate cell.

GSM BSS
Coverage-Based NC2 Cell Reselection Algorithm

Coverage-based NC2 cell reselection is activated when NORMALRESELALLOW
When none of the conditions for initiating a service-based, quality-based, and
load-based NC2 cell reselection are met and the P/N criterion for initiating a
coverage-based NC2 cell reselection is met, a coverage-based NC2 cell reselection
is initiated.
The P/N criterion for initiating a coverage-based NC2 cell reselection is as follows:
In the period specified by RESELWATCHPERIOD (BSC6900, BSC6910), the
number of times that the receive level of the serving cell is lower than the value
of MINACCRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910) reaches the value of
RESELWORSENLEVTHRSH (BSC6900, BSC6910).
In coverage-based NC2 cell reselection, the cell with the highest priority is selected
as the target cell from the candidate GSM cells. The priority of a cell is determined
for EDGE. Or, the candidate WCDMA cell with the highest receive level is selected
as the target cell. If NC2LoadResel (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
Support(Support), the characteristics information about a cell also includes the
load of GSM candidate cells under the same BSC.
In coverage-based NC2 cell reselection, a candidate cell must meet the following
conditions:
● Receive level of the neighboring GSM candidate cell > Max(Receive level of
the serving cell, MINACCRXLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910)) + RESELHYST
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● Measured RSCP of the neighboring WCDMA candidate cell >
FDDRSCPQUALTHRSH (BSC6900, BSC6910).
neighboring WCDMA cells can be selected as the candidate cell.
5.2.5 Forced NC2 Between GSM and WCDMA

Overview
To enable the forced network-controlled GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection function,
set GSMTOFDDFORCENC2 to SUPPORT(Support) when NCO is set to NC0(NC0)
or NC1(NC1). The BSC sends a Packet Measurement Order message to MSs in
packet transfer mode. This message contains NC2 and inter-RAT measurement
parameters. Based on these parameters, the MSs measure neighboring WCDMA
cells and periodically send packet MRs to the BSC. To support this function, the
BSC must be configured with a database of IMEI segments for MSs that do not
support the forced network-controlled GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection function.
The database consists of one or more IMEI segments. ImeiMin and ImeiMax
specify start IMEI and end IMEI in an IMEI segment, respectively.

GSM BSS
Forced NC2 Procedure

Figure 5-5 shows the procedure for forced network-controlled GSM/WCDMA cell
reselection.
Figure 5-5 Procedure for forced network-controlled cell reselection
1. Setting the NC2 mode

The BSC is configured with the database of the IMEI segments of MSs that do
not support the forced network-controlled GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection
function.
Once the forced network-controlled GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection function
is enabled, the BSC sends an IMEI query message to MSs in packet transfer
mode to check whether these MSs support this function. If these MSs support
this function, the BSC sends a Packet Measurement Order message to these
MSs. The Packet Measurement Order message contains NC2 and the inter-
RAT measurement control parameters, including PsBestFddCellNum,
PsFddCellRptOff, PsFddCellRptThd, PsFddRptThr2Ecno, and
PsFddRptThr2Rscp.
2. NC2 decision
Using the MRs sent by the MS, the BSC makes the GSM/WCDMA NC2
decision and selects a target neighboring WCDMA cell that meets the
following condition:
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

GSM BSS
The BSC checks the PS service duration for the MS. If the service duration is
greater than the value of FddReselTimeThd and the MS is still in packet transfer
mode, the BSC instructs the MS to reselect to a WCDMA cell.
5.3 BSC supporting Blind Search

This section describes the GBFD-511110 BSC supporting Blind Search feature.
Generally, WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies and scrambling codes need to be

configured for GSM-to- WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cell reselection. Based on the
configured information, MSs search for appropriate neighboring WCDMA/TD-
SCDMA cells to camp on.
This feature allows the BSC to configure only WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies for
GSM-to WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cell reselection. Based on configured WCDMA/TD-
SCDMA frequencies, MSs can automatically search for appropriate neighboring
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells to camp on. Currently, few frequencies are used by a
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA network. Therefore, using this feature can greatly simplify
configurations for GSM-to- WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cell reselection.
The procedure for implementing this feature is as follows:
1. The BSC selects 3G frequencies.

– If the cell-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set
to YES(Yes) and cell-level 3G frequencies are configured, use the cell-
level 3G frequencies.
– If the BSC-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
set to YES(Yes), BSC-level 3G frequencies are configured, the cell-level
parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes),
and cell-level 3G frequencies are not configured, use the BSC-level 3G
frequencies.
– If both cell-level and BSC-level 3G frequencies are configured, use the
cell-level 3G frequencies.
– If neither cell-level nor BSC-level 3G frequencies are configured, this
feature does not take effect.
2. The BSC checks the value of the N3GARFCNSENDTYPE parameter and
performs the related operations.
● If N3GARFCNSENDTYPE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 3GARFCN(3G
ARFCN):
– If WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies are configured using the SET
GCELL3GARFCN or SET G3GARFCN command, the BSC sends the
2Quater SI that contains only the configured frequencies.
– If no WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies are configured but neighboring
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells are configured, the BSC sends the 2Quater SI
that contains the frequencies and scrambling codes of neighboring
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells.
● If N3GARFCNSENDTYPE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 3GNCELL(3G
Neighbor Cell):
– If neighboring WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells are configured, the BSC initiates
a common cell reselection from GSM to WCDMA/TD-SCDMA and sends

GSM BSS
the 2Quater SI that contains the frequencies and scrambling codes of

neighboring WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells.
– If no neighboring WCDMA/TD-SCDMA cells are configured but
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies are configured using the SET
GCELL3GARFCN or SET G3GARFCN command, the BSC sends the
2Quater SI that contains only the configured frequencies.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 6 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT CS Handover
6 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT CS Handover
GSM/WCDMA interoperability for MSs in dedicated mode involves GSM-to-

WCDMA handover and WCDMA-to-GSM handover. Handovers are implemented
by MSs and the BSS.
GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT handovers include emergency handovers, better cell
handovers, load-based inter-RAT handovers, and service-based inter-RAT
handovers.
Emergency handover is triggered when an ongoing call initiated by a multi-mode
MS can no longer be processed in its serving cell due to limited network coverage
or other factors. For example, when an MS making a call in the GSM cell edge is
about to move outside the cell, an emergency handover is triggered to avoid call
drops. For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Better cell handover is triggered when the signal quality of a neighboring cell is
better than that of the serving cell. Better cell handovers help improve service
quality and user experience. For example, when the signal quality of a WCDMA
cell is better than that of the serving GSM cell, MSs in the serving cell can be
handed over to the WCDMA cell to achieve higher voice quality. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Load-based inter-RAT handover is triggered when the traffic load on the serving
cell is too high. For a WCDMA-to-GSM load-based handover, if the traffic load on
the target GSM cell is also high, the target cell rejects the handover to avoid ping-
pong handovers.
Service-based handover allows an operator to use the MSC to choose a network
for MSs. If the MSC indicates that a service-based handover should be performed
on a call in a GSM cell, the BSS hands over the call to a WCDMA cell. If the MSC
indicates that a call should not be handed over to a WCDMA call, the BSS does
not hand over the call to a WCDMA cell when a handover is needed during the
call.
6.1 CS Handover from WCDMA to GSM

MSs in dedicated mode can be handed over from a WCDMA cell to a GSM cell.
The handover decision and handover procedure are controlled by the RNC. The
BSS considers the handover from WCDMA to GSM as a general inter-BSC
handover.

GSM BSS
The handover from WCDMA to GSM is supported when INTERRATINBSCHOEN

(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes).
6.2 CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA

Handover from GSM to WCDMA is supported when INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes).
The BSS determines whether to initiate an inter-RAT handover from GSM to
WCDMA. The process is as follows:
1. An MS in dedicated mode obtains the neighboring WCDMA cell list and other
information from measurement information.
2. The MS reports the measurement result to the BSS through an MR.
3. After receiving the measurement result, the BSS determines whether to
initiate a handover based on the measurement result and the handover
algorithm.
Inter-RAT handover from GSM to WCDMA can be classified into emergency
handover and better 3G cell handover. The algorithm for emergency handover
from GSM to WCDMA is the same as that for general emergency handover. For
details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
In the GSM network, the HOOPTSEL (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies
whether a GSM cell or a WCDMA cell is preferentially selected as the target cell.
● If HOOPTSEL (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Pre_2G_Cell(Preference for 2G
cell), the BSC preferentially selects a GSM cell as the target cell.
● If HOOPTSEL (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Pre_3G_Cell(Preference for 3G
cell), the BSC preferentially selects a WCDMA cell as the target cell.
● If HOOPTSEL (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference 2G
cell by thresh), the BSC determines the target cell according to the receive
level of the neighboring GSM cells and the value of HOPRETH2G (BSC6900,
BSC6910) or OpHOPreTh2G (BSC6900, BSC6910). If the receive level of all
neighboring GSM cells is lower than HOPRETH2G (BSC6900, BSC6910), the
BSC selects a WCDMA cell as the target cell.
Table 6-1 lists the GSM cell handover preference thresholds used for MOCN-
enabled or MOCN-disabled cells in different scenarios.

GSM BSS
Table 6-1 GSM cell handover preference thresholds used for MOCN-enabled
or MOCN-disabled cells in different scenarios
Parameter The neighboring GSM cell is The neighboring GSM cell

Category an MOCN-disabled cell. is an MOCN-enabled cell
Alternatively, the neighboring for which
GSM cell is an MOCN- MOCNInterRatPolicySw
enabled cell for which (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set
MOCNInterRatPolicySw to ON(On).
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
OFF(Off).
GSM cell HOPRETH2G (BSC6900, OpHOPreTh2G (BSC6900,

handover BSC6910) BSC6910)
preference
threshold
Better 3G cell handover can be performed only when both

INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN (BSC6900, BSC6910)is set to YES(Yes) and
BET3GHOEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) or OpBet3GHOEn (BSC6900, BSC6910) (see
Table 6-2) is set to YES(Yes). As the measurement result of a WCDMA cell can be
reported in the format of RSCP or Ec/No, the methods for handover decision differ
accordingly.
● When the value of FDDREP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is RSCP(RSCP), the better

3G cell handover is triggered if during HOSTAT3G (BSC6900, BSC6910), the
following condition is met for the period specified by HODURT3G (BSC6900,
BSC6910):
– Scenario 1: CPICH RSCP > HORSCPTH3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
RSCPOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– Scenario 2: CPICH RSCP > OpHORSCPTh3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
RSCPOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the sum of the two parameters in the preceding conditions exceeds the
boundary value, the system uses the boundary value 63 during calculation.
● When the value of FDDREP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is EcN0(Ec/N0), the better
3G cell handover is triggered if the following condition is met for the period
specified by HODURT3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) within HOSTAT3G (BSC6900,
BSC6910):
– Scenario 1: CPICH ECNO > HOECNOTH3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
ECNOOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– Scenario 2: CPICH ECNO > OpHOEcNoTh3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
ECNOOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the sum of the two parameters in the preceding conditions exceeds the
boundary value, the system uses the boundary value 49 during calculation.
Table 6-2 lists the better 3G cell handover parameters used for MOCN-enabled or
MOCN-disabled cells in different scenarios.

GSM BSS
Table 6-2 Better 3G cell handover parameters used for MOCN-enabled or MOCN-
disabled cells in different scenarios
Parameter Scenario 1: The neighboring Scenario 2: The neighboring
Category GSM cell is an MOCN-disabled GSM cell is an MOCN-
cell. Alternatively, the enabled cell for which
neighboring GSM cell is an MOCNInterRatPolicySw
MOCN-enabled cell for which (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
MOCNInterRatPolicySw ON(On).
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
OFF(Off).
Switch for BET3GHOEN (BSC6900, OpBet3GHOEn (BSC6900,

better 3G BSC6910) BSC6910)
cell
handovers
RSCP HORSCPTH3G (BSC6900, OpHORSCPTh3G (BSC6900,

threshold BSC6910) BSC6910)
for better
3G cell
handovers
Ec/No HOECNOTH3G (BSC6900, OpHOEcNoTh3G (BSC6900,

threshold BSC6910) BSC6910)
for better
3G cell
handovers
If some MSs that comply with 3GPP specifications Release 7 or later have not
been encrypted in a WCDMA cell before a WCDMA-to-GSM handover, they cannot
be encrypted in the target GSM cell. This results in call drops due to handover
failure. You can configure the following parameters so that the BSC can select an
appropriate encryption algorithm:
● HOCipherSw (BSC6900, BSC6910): When the Handover Request message
sent during a handover contains the Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving)
IE, this parameter specifies whether the BSC selects the encryption algorithm
used after the handover according to the encryption algorithm contained in
the Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving) IE.
● JudgeRNCCipherState (BSC6900, BSC6910): When the Handover Request
message sent during an incoming inter-RAT inter-BSC handover does not
contain the Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving) IE, this parameter specifies
whether the BSC selects the encryption algorithm used after the handover
according to the encryption status carried by the source RNC.
If OutSysServiceHoEn (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to OPEN(Open), the BSC
processes handovers according to the service handover attributes of the core
network (CN) as follows:
● If the service handover indicator of the CN is Handover to UTRAN or
cdma2000 should be performed, the MS should be handed over to a
WCDMA cell. In this case, the BSC selects a WCDMA cell from the neighboring
cell list as the target cell and starts the handover from GSM to WCDMA.

GSM BSS

cdma2000 should not be performed, a GSM cell should be preferentially
selected as the serving cell. In this case, the BSC does not start the handover
from GSM to WCDMA. If a handover is required during the call, a GSM cell is
preferentially selected as the target cell.
cdma2000 shall not be performed, the MS must not be handed over to a
WCDMA cell. In this case, the BSC will not hand over the MS to a WCDMA
cell, and selects only a GSM cell as the target cell if a handover is required.
6.3 Service-Based CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA

This section describes the feature GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA Service Based
Handover.
6.3.1 Overview
Operators can provide more diversified services when GSM and WCDMA coexist in
a mixed network. Services of different types can be carried on different networks
to optimize the utilization of resources. For example, voice services and low-rate
data services are carried on the GSM network, and high-rate data services are
carried on the WCDMA network to allow high peak throughput.
6.3.2 Procedure
If INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes), the BSC
applies different handover algorithms for MSs to be handed over from a GSM cell
to a WCDMA cell according to the setting of InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● If InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to CnService-
based(CN Service-based), and the value of the Service Handover IE in the
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message delivered by the CN is "handover to UTRAN
or cdma2000 should be performed", the BSC selects an optimal candidate
WCDMA cell for access retrying. If the IE value is another one, the BSC allows
MSs to access a GSM cell.
● If InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Service-
based(Service-based), the BSC removes the WCDMA candidate cell whose
uplink/downlink traffic is in the minor congestion level. If the MS is
performing a CS service, the MS accesses the current GSM cell.
● If InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Load-
based(Load-based) and the value of the IE "Service Handover" in the
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent from the CN is handover to UTRAN or
cdma2000 should be performed, the BSC selects a neighboring WCDMA cell
whose uplink and downlink loads meet the following condition from WCDMA
candidate cells:
G2GLoadAdjustCoeff (BSC6900, BSC6910) x Load of the current GSM serving cell
– 10 x Load of the neighboring WCDMA cell ≥ 10 x G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) – 1000
If multiple neighboring WCDMA cells meet the preceding condition, the BSC starts
the directed retry to the WCDMA cell with the highest receive quality. If no

GSM BSS
neighboring WCDMA cell meets the preceding condition, the BSC selects a GSM
cell as the target cell.
If there is no WCDMA candidate cell, or the directed retry to the WCDMA cell fails, the BSC
starts the reassignment procedure to a GSM cell.
● When InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
Dynamic-based(Dynamic Service/Load-based):
If the current cell has a normal load, the service-based WCDMA-to-GSM
handover algorithm is applied.
If the current cell has a high load, the load-based WCDMA-to-GSM handover
algorithm is applied.
6.4 Load-Based CS Handover from GSM to WCDMA

This section describes the feature GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA Load Based
Handover.
6.4.1 Overview
In a mixed network where GSM and WCDMA coexist, MSs in connected mode can
be handed over between GSM and WCDMA to balance the overall network load
and enlarge system capacity.
If the GSM cell that the MS camps on is congested, the BSC redirects the MS to
the WCDMA network according to the load of the WCDMA network.
Load-based handovers between GSM and WCDMA networks require the exchange
of load information between GSM and WCDMA networks.
● GSM-to-WCDMA load-based handovers (GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA Load

Based Handover)
If the switch for the RNC sending load information to the GSM cell is turned
on, the RNC includes the WCDMA cell load in the New BSS To Old BSS
Information IE in the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message and
sends the message to the GSM cell. The Handover Command message sent
from the CN to the BSC contains the WCDMA cell load. The BSC makes inter-
RAT handover decisions based on the WCDMA cell load.
● WCDMA-to-GSM load-based handovers (WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load
Management)
If the BSC parameter LoadHoEnExt3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
YES(Yes), the BSC sends the Handover Request Acknowledge message
containing the GSM cell load to the CN. The CN includes the GSM cell load in
the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE in the RELOCATION_COMMAND
message and sends the message to the RNC. The RNC makes inter-RAT
handover decisions based on the GSM cell load.
This document describes only GSM-to-WCDMA load-based handovers. For details

about WCDMA-to-GSM load-based handovers, see the RAN feature parameter
description related to WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management.

GSM BSS
6.4.2 Procedure
If both INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) and OutSysLoadHoEn
(BSC6900, BSC6910) are set to YES(Yes), the following conditions must be met to
trigger the handover between GSM and WCDMA for MSs in connected mode:
● The flow control level of the current system is smaller than or equal to
SYSFLOWLEV (BSC6900, BSC6910).
● The load on the serving cell is greater than or equal to TRIGTHRES
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
● The Service Handover attribute of the service is not handover to UTRAN or
cdma2000 shall not be performed.
A candidate WCDMA cell must meet the following conditions:
● G2GLoadAdjustCoeff (BSC6900, BSC6910) x Load of the current GSM
serving cell – 10 x Load of the neighboring WCDMA cell ≥ 10 x
G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd (BSC6900, BSC6910) – 1000
● For a WCDMA FDD cell, the following conditions must be met if FDDREP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to RSCP(RSCP):
– InterRATLoadHoRSCPStart (BSC6900, BSC6910) – A < CPICH RSCP <
InterRATLoadHoRSCPStart (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– CPICH RSCP > IntRATLoadHORSCPThr (BSC6900, BSC6910)
● For a WCDMA FDD cell, the following conditions must be met if FDDREP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to EcN0(Ec/N0):
– InterRATLoadHoEcNoStart (BSC6900, BSC6910) – A < CPICH Ec/No <
InterRATLoadHoEcNoStart (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– CPICH Ec/No > IntRATLoadHOEcNoThr (BSC6900, BSC6910)
where
A is the handover bandwidth and is calculated using the following formula:
A = (1 + T/IntRATLoadHoPeriod (BSC6910, BSC6900)) × InterRATLoadHoRSCPStep
(BSC6910, BSC6900)
T is the timer for load-based handovers. This timer is started when the load of the serving
cell is greater than the value of TRIGTHRES (BSC6910, BSC6900).
When FDDREP (BSC6910, BSC6900) is set to RSCP(RSCP), A must be less than or equal to
the value of InterRATLoadHoRSCPBandWidth (BSC6910, BSC6900).
When FDDREP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to EcN0(Ec/N0), A must be less than or equal
to the value of InterRATLoadHoEcNoBandWidth (BSC6910, BSC6900).
Cells that do not meet the preceding conditions are removed from the candidate
WCDMA cell list. If there are multiple cells in the candidate cell list, the BSC
selects the cell with the highest receive level.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 7 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT PS Handover
7 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT PS Handover
This section describes the feature GBFD-119502 PS Handover Between GSM and
WCDMA.
PS handover is introduced in 3GPP Release 6.
This feature involves WCDMA-to-GSM and GSM-to-WCDMA PS handovers.
7.1 WCDMA-to-GSM PS Handover
7.1.1 Overview
WCDMA-to-GSM PS handovers are initiated by the RNC. PS handovers have two
phases: handover preparation and handover execution. On the BSS side, the
preparation and execution procedures for WCDMA-to-GSM PS handovers are the
same as those for inter-BSC handovers in the GSM system.
WCDMA-to-GSM PS handovers are supported when SPTINTERRATINBSCPSHO
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to SUPPORT(Support).
7.1.2 Procedure
This section uses an inter-SGSN WCDMA-to-GSM PS handover as an example. The
procedures for the intra-SGSN and inter-SGSN WCDMA-to-GSM PS handovers are
similar. The only difference is that during intra-SGSN WCDMA-to-GSM PS
handover, there is no inter-SGSN signaling interaction because the GSM cell and
the WCDMA cell use the same SGSN.
Figure 7-1 shows the signaling procedure during handover preparation.

GSM BSS
Figure 7-1 WCDMA-to-GSM PS handover preparation
1. The RNC decides to perform a handover to a GSM cell.
2. The RNC sends a Relocation Required message to the 3G SGSN, with the IE
"Relocation Type" set to UE Involved in relocation of SRNS.
3. The 3G SGSN checks the IE "Target Cell Identifier" and determines that the
handover is an inter-RAT handover. Then, the 3G SGSN sends a Forward
Relocation Request message to the 2G SGSN of the target cell.
4. The 2G SGSN sends a PS Handover Request message to the BSS, requesting the
BSS to reserve resources for the handover. The 2G SGSN then activates the PFC for
the handover.
5. The BSS reserves resources and allocates a TBF for the handover based on the
PFC.
6. The BSS creates the Target BSS to Source BSS Transparent Container, which
contains the PS handover command.
7. The BSS responds to the 2G SGSN with a PS Handover Request Acknowledge

message and is then ready to receive downlink data.
8. The 2G SGSN responds with a Forward Relocation Response message. The

handover preparation is complete.
Figure 7-2 shows the signaling procedure during handover execution.

GSM BSS
Figure 7-2 WCDMA-to-GSM PS handover execution
1. The 3G SGSN receives downlink data from the GGSN and sends the data to the
MS through the RNC.
2. The 3G SGSN sends a Relocation Command message to the source RNC.
3. The RNC forwards packet data to the 2G SGSN through the 3G SGSN.
4. The RNC suspends uplink and downlink data transfer, and sends a Handover
From UTRAN Command message to the MS. After receiving this message, the MS
suspends the uplink data transmission.
5. The RNC sends a Forward SRNS Context (RAB contexts) message to the 2G
SGSN through the 3G SGSN. Then, the 2G SGSN responds with a Forward SRNS
Context Acknowledge message.
6. The MS executes the handover. In this step, the MS sends access bursts (ABs) to
the target BSS and accesses the target GSM cell. Then, the MS receives the timing
advance (TA) from the BSS.
7./7a. After accessing the cell, the MS processes the Non-Access Stratum (NAS)
container and then sends an exchange identifier (XID) Response message to the
2G SGSN to resume the uplink data transfer.

GSM BSS
8. After receiving the first correct RLC/MAC block, the BSS sends a PS Handover
Complete message to inform the 2G SGSN that the handover is successful. The 2G
SGSN then forwards uplink data to the GGSN.
9. After receiving the PS Handover Complete message, the 2G SGSN sends a
Forward Relocation Complete message to inform the 3G SGSN that the handover
is complete. The 3G SGSN then responds with a Forward Relocation Complete
Acknowledge message.
10. The 2G SGSN sends an Update PDP Context Request message to the GGSN.
The GGSN then updates the PDP context fields and returns an Update PDP
Context Response message. From now on the GGSN sends new incoming
downlink IP packets to the 2G SGSN instead of to the 3G SGSN.
11. The 3G SGSN sends an Iu Release Command message to the RNC to release
related resources. After sending all necessary data to the MS, the RNC returns an
Iu Release Complete message to the 3G SGSN.
12./12a. The 2G SGSN may initiate LLC/SNDCP XID negotiation.
13. The MS starts the routing area update. The handover is complete.
7.2 GSM-to-WCDMA PS Handover
7.2.1 Overview
The conditions for triggering GSM-to-WCDMA PS handovers are defined in the
GSM system, and the handovers are initiated by the BSC. PS handovers have two
phases: handover preparation and handover execution.
Prerequisites
The prerequisites for GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover are as follows:
● The MS supports PS handover.
The radio access capability reported by the MS contains the PS handover field,
which indicates that the MS supports PS handover.
● The BSC supports PS handover.
The BSC supports PS handover when PSHOSUP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
YES(Support), and SPTINTERRATOUTBSCPSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
SUPPORT(Support).
● NACCSPT (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes) if NCO (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to NC0(NC0) or NC1(NC1) because NC0 and NC1 are based
on NACC.
● NC2SPT (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes) if NCO (BSC6900, BSC6910)
is set to NC2(NC2).
● The SGSN supports PS handover.
The BVC RESET and BVC RESET ACK messages sent over the Gb interface contain
the Extended Feature Bitmap field, which specifies whether the Network Service
Entity (NSE) supports PS handover:

GSM BSS
● If the BVC RESET or BVC RESET ACK message sent by the SGSN does not
contain the Extended Feature Bitmap field, or if the Extended Feature Bitmap
field specifies that PS handover is not supported, none of the cells under the
NSE of the SGSN supports PS handover. That is, the source cell does not
support PS handover.
● If the Extended Feature Bitmap field specifies that PS handover is supported,
all cells under the NSE of the SGSN support PS handover. That is, the source
cell supports PS handover.
The BSC and the SGSN support the PFC procedure.
PFCSUP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Support). PFCSwitch (BSC6900,

BSC6910) is set to ON(On).
When PFCSUP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Support) for an NSE,

PFCSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be set to ON(On) for all the cells under
the NSE. Otherwise, PS services in the cells whose PFCSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to OFF(Off) will fail.
Trigger Conditions
The triggering conditions for a GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover vary according to
the setting of NCO (BSC6900, BSC6910):
● When NCO (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to NC0(NC0) or NC1(NC1):

NACCSPT (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES(Yes). The MS sends the BSC a
PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message, and target cell information
contained in the message indicates that the target cell is a WCDMA cell.
SPTINTERRATOUTBSCPSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
SUPPORT(Support).
The purpose of setting NACCSPT (BSC6900, BSC6910) to YES(Yes) when NCO (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to NC0(NC0) or NC1(NC1) is to enable MSs to send the BSC PACKET CELL
CHANGE NOTIFICATION messages rather than to use the NACC feature. With the PACKET
CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message, MSs can perform GSM-to-WCDMA PS handovers.
● When NCO (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to NC2(NC2):
The MS sends the BSC an MR, and the BSC detects that the target cell is a
WCDMA cell that uses the PS handover algorithm.
SPTINTERRATOUTBSCPSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
SUPPORT(Support).
Handover Algorithms
GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover algorithms are classified into the service-based
handover algorithm, quality-based handover algorithm, load-based handover
algorithm, and coverage-based handover algorithm. Each handover algorithm has
the same triggering conditions and target cell selection mechanism as the
corresponding NC2 cell reselection algorithm. For example, the service-based
handover algorithm has the same triggering conditions and target cell selection
mechanism as the service-based NC2 cell reselection algorithm. For detailed cell
reselection algorithms, see NC2 between GSM and WCDMA.

GSM BSS
7.2.2 Procedure
On the BSS side, the GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover procedure is similar to the
inter-BSC PS handover procedure. The differences are as follows:
● The target cell is a WCDMA cell.
● The PS Handover Required message carries the Source BSC to Target RNC
Transparent Container, which contains IEs such as the MS radio access
capability, paging mode, Global TFI, and target cell SI request.
● The PS Handover Required Acknowledge message carries the Source RNC to
Target BSC Transparent Container, which contains IEs such as the handover
command and target cell SI request.
This section uses an inter-SGSN GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover as an example. The
procedures for the intra-SGSN and inter-SGSN GSM-to-WCDMA PS handovers are
similar. The only difference is that during intra-SGSN GSM-to-WCDMA PS
handover, there is no inter-SGSN signaling interaction because the GSM cell and
the WCDMA cell use the same SGSN.
Figure 7-3 shows the signaling procedure during handover preparation.
Figure 7-3 GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover preparation
1. The source BSS decides to initiate a PS handover to a WCDMA cell. At this

point, both uplink and downlink user data is transmitted over the following: TBFs
between the MS and the source BSS, BSSGP PFC tunnels between the source BSS
and the 2G SGSN, GTP tunnels between the 2G SGSN and the GGSN.
2. The source BSS sends a PS Handover Required message, which carries the
Target RNC Identifier information, to the 2G SGSN.
3. After detecting that the handover is an inter-RAT handover to WCDMA based
on the Target RNC Identifier, the 2G SGSN sends a Forward Relocation Request
message to the 3G SGSN.

GSM BSS
4. The 3G SGSN sends a Relocation Request message to request the target RNC to
reserve resources in the target WCDMA cell.
The target RNC responds with a Relocation Request Acknowledge message after
resources are reserved in the target RNC.
6. The 3G SGSN sends a Forward Relocation Response message to the 2G SGSN.

The handover preparation is complete.
Figure 7-4 shows the signaling procedure during handover execution.
Figure 7-4 GSM-to-WCDMA PS handover execution
The 2G SGSN continues to receive downlink and uplink user plane data.
1. After receiving a Forward Relocation Response message from the 3G SGSN,

the 2G SGSN may forward downlink data to the target RNC through the 3G
SGSN. The target RNC then sends the data to the MS over the air interface.
2. The 2G SGSN continues the PS handover by sending a PS Handover Required
Acknowledge message to the BSS. Before sending this message, the 2G SGSN,
based on QoS, may suspend downlink data transfer for any PDP contexts.
3. The 2G SGSN forwards the GTP-U context to the target RNC.
4. The BSS sends a PS Handover Command message containing the Handover to
UTRAN Command message to the MS, instructing the MS to hand over to the
target WCDMA cell.

GSM BSS
5. The MS accesses the WCDMA cell.

6. After detecting that the MS has accessed the target cell, the RNC sends a
Relocation Detect message to the 3G SGSN.
7. The MS sends a Handover to UTRAN Complete message to the RNC.
8. When the new source RNC-ID + S-RNTI are successfully exchanged with the
MS, the RNC sends a Relocation Complete message to inform the 3G SGSN
that the handover is complete.
9. The 3G SGSN sends a Forward Relocation Complete message to inform the
2G SGSN that the handover is complete and the reserved resources should be
released.
10. The 3G SGSN sends an Update PDP Context Request message to the GGSN.
The GGSN updates the PDP context fields. After the PDP context fields are
updated, the GGSN sends new incoming downlink IP packets to the 3G SGSN
instead of to the 2G SGSN.
11. The 2G SGSN performs the PFC procedure to release the corresponding
resources.
12. The MS updates the route area. The handover is complete.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 8 Related Features
8 Related Features
8.1 Features Related to GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

Interoperability
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description
GBFD-511403 Extended BCCH When the GSM/WCDMA

Interoperability feature is used
with the GBFD-511403 Extended
BCCH feature, the delay in a
location update after WCDMA-to-
GSM cell reselection decreases and
the CS paging success rate
increases.

GSM BSS
GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA When the GSM/WCDMA

Reselection at 2G CS Interoperability feature is used
Call Release with GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA
Reselection at 2G CS Call Release,
an MS can reselect a WCDMA cell
after releasing a call in a GSM cell.
This reduces the number of
location updates and the duration
for the MS to camp on the GSM
cell, increases the CS paging
success rate, and improves user
experience.
8.2 Features Related to GBFD-114323 2G/3G Cell

Reselection Based on MS State
GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA This feature requires either of the

Interoperability features.
GBFD-114302 GSM/TD-SCDMA
Interoperability

GBFD-116201 Network-Controlled -
Cell Reselection
(NC2)
GBFD-511405 NC2 between GSM -

and TD-SCDMA
Impacted Features
None

GSM BSS
8.3 Features Related to GBFD-511110 BSC supporting

Blind Search
GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA This feature requires either of the

Interoperability features.
GBFD-114302 GSM/TD-SCDMA
Interoperability

Feature ID Feature/Function Description
Name
GBFD-511405 NC2 between GSM NC2 cannot be used when

and TD-SCDMA GBFD-511110 BSC supporting
Blind Search is enabled because
N/A Forced NC2 between the target cell in cell reselection in
GSM and WCDMA NC2 mode is determined based on
function the information about neighboring
N/A GSM-to-WCDMA/TD- 3G cells reported by MSs.
SCDMA network-
controlled cell
reselection function in
the GBFD-116201
Network-Controlled
Cell Reselection
(NC2) feature

GSM BSS
Impacted Features
GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA Enabling GBFD-511110 BSC supporting

Reselection at 2G CS Blind Search affects the
Call Release implementation of NC1.
With the BSC supporting Blind Search
feature, the BSC sends only frequency
information to MSs. MSs in packet
transfer mode cannot send MRs about
neighboring 3G cells to the BSC based
on the frequency information.
However, cell reselection of MSs in
NC1 mode is not affected because MSs
can perform autonomous cell
reselections.
When both the GBFD-511110 BSC
supporting Blind Search and
GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA
Reselection at 2G CS Call Release
features are enabled, the BSS performs
the following operations:
● If blind search frequencies are
configured but neighboring
WCDMA cells are not configured,
MSs do not measure or report
neighboring WCDMA cell
information. In this case, the BSC
sends the configured blind search
frequencies to an MS for fast
reselection when the call is
released. This accelerates the MS
reselection to a WCDMA cell.
However, if no WCDMA cell is
available, a fast reselection failure
will temporarily disconnect an MS
from the network.
● If neighboring WCDMA cells are
configured, the BSC selects an
optimal WCDMA cell based on
measurement results. In this case,
the BSC does not send blind search
frequencies in the Call Release
message. If no WCDMA cell is
measured, the BSC does not send
frequencies for fast reselection,
preventing a fast reselection failure
to a WCDMA cell from temporarily
disconnecting an MS from the
network.

GSM BSS

Service Based Handover
Feature/Function
Name
GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA -
Interoperability

None
Impacted Features
None

Load Based Handover
Feature/Function
Name
Interoperability

None
Impacted Features
None

GSM BSS
8.6 Features Related to GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA

Interoperability

None
Impacted Features
GBFD-511312 Fast LTE Reselection When both the GBFD-511312 Fast

at 2G CS Call Release LTE Reselection at 2G CS Call
Release feature and this feature
are enabled, an MS selects the
target system based on the system
common priority during the fast
return procedure when a voice
service is complete. The specific
rules are as follows:
● If the value of UTRANPRI
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is greater
than the value of EUTRANPRI
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the MS
preferentially returns to a UMTS
cell when a voice service is
complete.
● If the value of EUTRANPRI
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is greater
than the value of UTRANPRI
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the MS
preferentially returns to an LTE
cell when a voice service is
complete.

GSM BSS
GBFD-511110 BSC supporting Blind When both the GBFD-511110 BSC

Search supporting Blind Search and
GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA
features are enabled, the BSS
performs the following operations:
● If blind search frequencies are
configured but neighboring
WCDMA cells are not
configured, MSs do not
measure or report neighboring
WCDMA cell information. In this
case, the BSC sends the
configured blind search
frequencies to an MS for fast
reselection when the call is
released. This accelerates the
MS reselection to a WCDMA
cell. However, if no WCDMA cell
is available, a fast reselection
failure will temporarily
disconnect an MS from the
network.
● If neighboring WCDMA cells are
configured, the BSC selects an
optimal WCDMA cell based on
measurement results. In this
case, the BSC does not send
blind search frequencies in the
Call Release message. If no
WCDMA cell is measured, the
BSC does not send frequencies
for fast reselection, preventing a
fast reselection failure to a
WCDMA cell from temporarily
disconnecting an MS from the
network.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 9 Network Impact
9 Network Impact
9.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
9.1.1 System Capacity

The GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature allows MSs to hand over to WCDMA
cells in areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks. This increases the
overall capacities of the GSM and WCDMA networks.
9.1.2 Network Performance

● In areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks, this feature allows MSs
to hand over to WCDMA cells, increasing PS data rates.
● In areas covered by only the GSM network, this feature allows MSs to hand
over to GSM cells, ensuring service continuity.
9.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover

The GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover feature enables the CN to
appropriately allocate services of different types to the GSM and WCDMA
networks. This increases the overall capacities of the GSM and WCDMA networks.
With this feature, the CN allocates CS services and low-rate PS services to the
GSM network and high-rate PS services to the WCDMA network. This maximizes
the peak throughput.

None
9.3 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover

GSM BSS

The GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover feature allows MSs to handover from a
GSM cell to a WCDMA cell when the GSM cell is congested. This balances the load
between the GSM and WCDMA networks, improves the overall capacities of the
GSM and WCDMA networks, and prevents the system from being overloaded.

This feature decreases the congestion rate in GSM cells.
9.4 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State

With QP (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to a value ranging from 0 to 15, this feature
allows GSM/WCDMA dual-mode MSs in packet transfer mode to reselect to
WCDMA cells or GSM cells in areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks.
This increases the overall capacities of the GSM and WCDMA networks.

In areas covered by both GSM and WCDMA networks, with QP (BSC6900,
BSC6910) set to different values, this feature allows GSM/WCDMA dual-mode
MSs in packet transfer mode to:
● Preferentially reselect to WCDMA cells, thereby increasing PS data rates.
● Stay on the GSM network, thereby preventing these MSs from automatically
reselecting to neighboring WCDMA cells and reducing KPI deterioration.
9.5 BSC supporting Blind Search

N/A

The BSC supporting Blind Search feature enables the BSC to configure only
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies for cell reselection. Such a cell reselection takes a
longer time than a cell reselection using both WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies
and scrambling codes.
9.6 Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release

The Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release feature reduces the duration
for MSs to camp on GSM cells and decreases the number of times that the MSs

GSM BSS
initiate services in GSM cells. This increases the overall capacities of the GSM and
WCDMA networks.

This feature allows MSs to reselect WCDMA cells after releasing calls in GSM cells.
This increases the CS paging success rate.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines
10 Engineering Guidelines
10.1 When to Use Interoperability Between GSM and

WCDMA
10.1.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
When setting inter-RAT cell reselection parameters and handover thresholds, take note of
the correlation between the GSM and TD-SCDMA parameters to prevent ping-pong cell
reselections and handovers: Set FddRptThreshold2Ecno (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
FddRptThreshold2Rscp (BSC6900, BSC6910) to 10.
It is recommended that the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature be used with

the following function:
Early classmark sending function: Set ECSC (BSC6900, BSC6910) to YES(Yes) to

enable this function. With this function, the BSC quickly determines whether MSs
camping on a GSM cell are dual-mode MSs.
10.1.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover

It is recommended that the GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover feature be used
in scenarios where both the GSM and WCDMA networks are covered and
differentiated QoS is supported by CS and PS services. With this feature, PS
services are preferentially processed in the WCDMA network, whereas CS services
are still processed in the GSM network.
10.1.3 GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover

It is recommended that the GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover feature be used
in scenarios where both the GSM and WCDMA networks are covered and the GSM
network is overloaded. In coordination with the CN, this feature allocates CS
services to the WCDMA network. This increases the resource usage of the WCDMA
network, decreases the load and interference on the GSM network, and ensures
the QoS of CS services.

GSM BSS
10.1.4 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State
When setting inter-RAT cell reselection parameters and handover thresholds, take note of
the correlation between the GSM and TD-SCDMA parameters to prevent ping-pong cell
reselections and handovers.
It is recommended that the 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State feature be

used with the following function:
Early classmark sending function: Set ECSC (BSC6900, BSC6910) to YES(Yes) to

enable this function. With this function, the BSC quickly determines whether MSs
camping on a GSM cell are dual-mode MSs.
10.1.5 BSC supporting Blind Search

None

None
10.2 Required Information

Before deploying the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature, collect the following
information:
● WCDMA network planning information: Used for configuring neighboring

cells.
● Interoperability policies for operators, such as the requirements for setting
inter-RAT cell reselection parameters and whether GSM-to-WCDMA CS
handover is required: Used to properly set specific parameters and determine
whether to enable specific functions.

Before deploying the GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover feature, collect the
following information:
Whether the CN for GSM CS services supports GSM/WCDMA service-based

handovers: Used to determine whether this feature is allowed.

Before deploying the GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover feature, collect the
following information:
Load information about GSM cells, such as TCH congestion rate and proportion of
TCHHs to all TCHs in GSM cells: Used to set parameters related to this feature.

GSM BSS

Before deploying the 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State feature, collect
the following information:
● WCDMA network planning information: Used for configuring neighboring
cells.
inter-RAT cell reselection parameters and whether GSM-to-WCDMA CS
handover is required: Used to properly set specific parameters and determine
whether to enable specific functions.

Before deploying the BSC supporting Blind Search feature, collect the following
information:
● WCDMA/TD-SCDMA network planning information: Used for configuring
WCDMA/TD-SCDMA frequencies.
inter-RAT cell reselection parameters and whether GSM-to- WCDMA/TD-
SCDMA CS handover is required: Used to properly set specific parameters and
determine whether to enable specific functions.

Before deploying the 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State feature, collect
the following information:
● The proportion of WCDMA cells to all cells in specified areas
● Whether GSM/WCDMA dual-mode MSs are used
10.3 Planning

RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
For GSM cells to be enabled with the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature, plan
neighboring cell configurations based on the topology of the adjacent WCDMA
network. A GSM cell can be configured with a maximum of 64 neighboring
WCDMA cells. These neighboring cells can use a maximum of three frequencies,
with each frequency supporting a maximum of 32 neighboring WCDMA cells.
Hardware Planning
N/A

GSM BSS

RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
N/A
Hardware Planning
N/A

RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
N/A
Hardware Planning
N/A

RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
N/A
Hardware Planning
N/A

RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
● If INPUT3GARFCNENTYPE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FDD, the BSC
supporting Blind Search feature supports a maximum of eight 3G frequencies.

GSM BSS
– After the BSC-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910)

is set to YES(Yes), BSC-level ARFCN1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) through
ARFCN8 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are valid, whereas ARFCN9 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) through ARFCN16 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are invalid.
– After the cell-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910)
is set to YES(Yes), cell-level ARFCN1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) through
ARFCN8 (BSC6910, BSC6900) are valid, whereas ARFCN9 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) through ARFCN16 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are invalid.
● If INPUT3GARFCNENTYPE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TDD, the BSC
supporting Blind Search feature supports a maximum of sixteen 3G
frequencies.
– After the BSC-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910)
is set to YES(Yes), BSC-level ARFCN1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) through
ARFCN16 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are valid.
– After the cell-level parameter INPUT3GARFCNEN (BSC6900, BSC6910)
is set to YES(Yes), cell-level ARFCN1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) through
ARFCN16 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are valid.
Hardware Planning
N/A
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
N/A
Hardware Planning
N/A
10.4 Overall Deployment Procedure

GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability, which is a basic feature, needs to be
deployed preferentially.
Other features are optional and can be enabled based on individual needs.
10.5 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Interoperability

GSM BSS
10.5.1 Deployment Requirements
Table 10-1 Deployment requirements
Aspect Requirement
Related features See 8 Related Features.
BSC None
BTS None
GSM networking None
MS MSs support both GSM and WCDMA

networks and bidirectional cell
reselection and handovers between
GSM and WCDMA.
MSC None
License The license controlling this feature has

been activated. For details on how to
activate the license, see License
Management Feature Parameter
Description. For details about license
items, see License Control Item
Description.
Others The base station subsystem (BSS) and
network subsystem (NSS) support the
following operations:
● GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT cell
selection, cell reselection, and
location update
● Measurement control, handover
decision, and handover signaling
procedures during inter-RAT
handovers
The basic data has been configured.
For details, see section "Configuring
the Basic Data" in BSC6900 GSM Initial
Configuration Guide or BSC6910 GSM
Initial Configuration Guide.
10.5.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

On the BSC LMT, perform the following steps:

GSM BSS
Step 1 Run the ADD GEXT3GCELL command to add a 3G external cell.
Step 2 (Optional) When Utran Cell Type is set to FDD(FDD), to modify the call control
UTRAN system information (SI) parameters of a cell, run the SET
GCELLCCUTRANSYS command with SI 2Quater Optimization set to YES(YES)
and SI 2QUATER IE Downsizing Switch to ON(On).
Step 3 Run the ADD G3GNCELL command to add a neighboring 3G cell.
Step 4 (Optional) If the BA1 list has not been configured, run the SET
GCELLIDLEFDDBA1 command with FDDBA1 Input Tag set to an appropriate
value.
● If FDDBA1 Input Tag is set to AUTO(Auto), the neighboring cell information
in idle mode uses the neighboring cells added in Step 3.
● If FDDBA1 Input Tag is set to MANU(Manu), the neighboring cell
information in idle mode depends on other parameters in the SET
GCELLIDLEFDDBA1 command.
Step 5 (Optional) If the BA2 list has not been configured, run the SET GCELLHOFDDBA2
command with FDDBA2 Input Tag set to an appropriate value.
● If FDDBA2 Input Tag is set to AUTO(Auto), the neighboring cell information
in dedicated mode uses the neighboring cells added in Step 3.
● If FDDBA2 Input Tag is set to MANU(Manu), the neighboring cell
information in dedicated mode depends on other parameters in the SET
GCELLHOFDDBA2 command.
Step 6 Run the SET BSCBASIC command with A Interface Tag and Um Interface Tag set
to GSM_PHASE_2Plus.
Step 7 Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with Support Sent 2QUATER, Send 3G
Class Flag, and Classmark Enquiry With 3G Request set to YES(Yes).
Step 8 Run the SET GCELLSOFT command with Query Classmark after In-BSC HO
Enabled set to YES(Yes).
Step 9 Run the SET GCELLCCBASIC command to set basic call control parameters of a
cell. In this step, set ECSC to YES(Yes).
Step 10 Run the SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS command to set call control UTRAN SI
parameters of a cell. In this step, set Qsearch I, Qsearch P, and Qsearch C to 7,
and set Qsearch C Initial to Always(Always).
Step 11 Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command with Inter-RAT Cell Reselection Enable
set to YES(Yes).
Step 12 (Optional) Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command to set basic handover
parameters of a cell. In this step, set Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable and
Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable to YES(Yes).
Step 13 (Optional) Run the SET GCELLHOUTRANFDD command to set UTRAN FDD
handover parameters of a cell. In this step, set Better 3G Cell HO Allowed to
YES(Yes), set Inter-rat HO Preference to Pre_3G_Cell(Preference for 3G cell),
and set RSCP Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO and Ec/No Threshold for Better
3G Cell HO to 0.

GSM BSS
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD G3GNCELL command with FDD 3G Better Cell HO
Watch Time, FDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time, RSCP Offset, and Ec/No Offset
set based on actual conditions.
Step 15 (Optional) Run the SET GCELLMOCN command with MOCN Interoperability
Policy Switch set to ON(On).
Step 16 (Optional) Run the ADD GCELLMOCNINTERRAT command with Operator Better
3G Cell HO Allowed, Operator 2G Cell HO Preference Threshold, Operator
Better 3G Cell HO RSCP Threshold, and Operator Better 3G Cell HO Ec/No
Threshold set for different operators sharing the cell based on actual conditions.
----End
MML Command Examples

ADD GEXT3GCELL: EXT3GCELLID=5048, EXT3GCELLNAME="5048", MCC="11",
MNC="11", LAC=11, CI=1, RNCID=11, RNCINDEX=255, DF=1, SCRAMBLE=1,
DIVERSITY=NO, UTRANCELLTYPE=FDD, RA=1;
SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0,

SI2QUATEROPTIMIZEDALLOWED=YES, FirstSI2QuaterMsgOptSw=ON.
ADD G3GNCELL: IDTYPE=BYID, SRC3GNCELLID=0, NBR3GNCELLID=5048;
SET GCELLIDLEFDDBA1: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=1, FDDBA1TAG=AUTO;
SET GCELLHOFDDBA2: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=1, FDDBA2TAG=AUTO;
SET BSCBASIC: AVer=GSM_PHASE_2Plus, UmVer=GSM_PHASE_2Plus;
SET OTHSOFTPARA: Send2QuterFlag=YES, SendUtranECSCFlag=YES,

CLASSMARKQUERY=YES;
SET GCELLSOFT: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, QUERYCMAFTERINBSCHO=YES;
SET GCELLCCBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, ECSC=YES;
SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, QI=7, QCI=Always, QP=7,

QSEARCHC=7;
SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATCELLRESELEN =YES;
SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN=YES,

INTERRATINBSCHOEN=YES;
SET GCELLHOUTRANFDD: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, BET3GHOEN=YES,

HOOPTSEL=Pre_3G_Cell;
SET GCELLMOCN: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0,MOCNInterRatPolicySw=ON;
ADD GCELLMOCNINTERRAT: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, OpIndexType=BYNAME,

OPNAME="OPA", OpBet3GHOEn=YES, OpHOPreTh2G=25, OpHORSCPTh3G=50,
OpHOEcNoTh3G=35;
ADD GCELLMOCNINTERRAT: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, OpIndexType=BYNAME,

OPNAME="OPB", OpBet3GHOEn=NO, OpHOPreTh2G=25;

GSM BSS
Using the CME (Method 1)
When configuring the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature on the CME, you must perform
a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if required.
You must perform a single configuration for a parameter before batch modifications of the
parameter. You are advised to perform batch modifications before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME. (CME single configuration)
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation

sequence described in Table 10-2.
For detailed operations, see CME-based Feature Configuration.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification
center)
To modify objects, such as BSCs, BTSs, cells, and TRXs, in batches, click the
icon on the CME configuration interface to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification, press F1 on the wizard

interface to obtain online help.
----End
Table 10-2 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura

Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 GEXT3GCE BSC6900/ Utran Cell UTRANCEL Yes

LL BSC6910 Type LTYPE
2 GCELLCCU BSC6900/ SI 2Quater SI2QUATE Yes
(Optional) TRANSYS BSC6910 Optimizati ROPTIMIZ
NOTE on EDALLOW
Configure ED
this MO
when SI FirstSI2Qu
Utran Cell 2QUATER aterMsgO
Type is set IE ptSw
to Downsizin
FDD(FDD)
.
g Switch
3 G3GNCELL BSC6900/ Index Type IDTYPE No

BSC6910
Source Cell SRC3GNCE
Index LLID

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
Neighbor NBR3GNC
Cell Index ELLID
4 GCELLIDLE BSC6900/ Index Type IDTYPE No
(Optional) FDDBA1 BSC6910
Cell Index CELLID
FDDBA1 FDDBA1TA Yes
Input Tag G NOTE
Batch
modificatio
n is
supported
when this
parameter
is set to
AUTO(Aut
o).
5 GCELLHOF BSC6900/ Index Type IDTYPE No

(Optional) DDBA2 BSC6910
Cell Index CELLID
FDDBA2 FDDBA2TA Yes
Input Tag G NOTE
Batch
modificatio
n is
supported
when this
parameter
is set to
AUTO(Aut
o).
6 BSCBASIC BSC6900/ A Interface AVer Yes

BSC6910 Tag
Um UmVer
Interface
Tag
7 OTHSOFTP BSC6900/ Support Send2Qut Yes

ARA BSC6910 Sent erFlag
2QUATER
Send 3G SendUtran
Class Flag ECSCFlag

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
Classmark CLASSMAR
Enquiry KQUERY
With 3G
Request
8 GCELLSOF BSC6900/ Query QUERYCM Yes

T BSC6910 Classmark AFTERINB
after In- SCHO
BSC HO
Enabled
9 GCELLCCB BSC6900/ ECSC ECSC Yes

ASIC BSC6910
10 GCELLCCU BSC6900/ Qsearch I QI Yes

TRANSYS BSC6910
Qsearch P QP
Qsearch C QSEARCH
C
Qsearch C QCI
Initial
11 GCELLHOB BSC6900/ Inter-RAT INTERRAT Yes

ASIC BSC6910 Cell CELLRESEL
Reselection EN
Enable

(Optional) ASIC BSC6910 Out BSC OUTBSCH
Handover OEN
Enable
BSC6900/ Inter-RAT INTERRATI

BSC6910 In BSC NBSCHOE
Handover N
Enable
13 GCELLHOU BSC6900/ Better 3G BET3GHOE Yes

(Optional) TRANFDD BSC6910 Cell HO N
Allowed
BSC6900/ Inter-rat HOOPTSEL

BSC6910 HO
Preference

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
BSC6900/ RSCP HORSCPT

BSC6910 Threshold H3G
for Better
3G Cell HO
BSC6900/ Ec/No HOECNOT

BSC6910 Threshold H3G
for Better
3G Cell HO
14 G3GNCELL BSC6900/ FDD 3G HOSTAT3G No

(Optional) BSC6910 Better Cell
HO Watch
Time
BSC6900/ FDD 3G HODURT3

BSC6910 Better Cell G
HO Valid
Time
BSC6900/ RSCP RSCPOFF

BSC6910 Offset
BSC6900/ Ec/No ECNOOFF

BSC6910 Offset
15 GCELLMOC BSC6900/ MOCN MOCNInte Yes

(Optional) N BSC6910 Interopera rRatPolicy
bility Sw
Policy
Switch
16 GCELLMOC BSC6900/ Operator OpBet3GH Yes

(Optional) NINTERRA BSC6910 Better 3G OEn
T Cell HO
Allowed
BSC6900/ Operator OpHOPreT

BSC6910 2G Cell HO h2G
Preference
Threshold
BSC6900/ Operator OpHORSC

BSC6910 Better 3G PTh3G
Cell HO
RSCP
Threshold

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
BSC6900/ Operator OpHOEcN

BSC6910 Better 3G oTh3G
Cell HO
Ec/No
Threshold

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: CME
Management > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature
Operation and Maintenance.

Step 1 On the BSC LMT, run the LST GEXT3GCELL command to query the value of Utran
Cell Type.
Expected result: The value of Utran Cell Type is FDD.
Step 2 On the BSC LMT, trace Base Station Subsystem Application Part (BSSAP) messages
over the A interface.
Expected result: The BSC sends the MSC a Handover Required message with a
cause value such as "better-cell" or "directed-retry".
Step 3 Move the MS in a GSM or WCDMA cell to trigger a cell reselection between GSM
and WCDMA. For example, the MS will initiate a GSM-to-UMTS cell reselection
when the Ec/N0 and Received Signal Code Power (RSCP) of the Common Pilot
Channel (CPICH) are normal during the neighboring cell measurement of the
WCDMA FDD cell and both the following conditions are met within 5 seconds:
CPICH RSCP > RLA_C + FDD Q Offset
CPICH Ec/N0 > FDD Qmin
Step 4 Check whether the frequency information of the MS indicates the cell where the
MS is located. Expected result: When the MS is in a GSM cell, the frequency
information of the MS indicates that the MS is in a GSM cell. When the MS is in a
WCDMA cell, the frequency information of the MS indicates that the MS is in a
WCDMA cell.
----End

GSM BSS
10.5.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the RMV G3GNCELL command to remove the neighboring 3G cell.
Step 2 Run the RMV GEXT3GCELL command to remove the 3G external cell.
----End

RMV G3GNCELL: EXT3GCELLID=5048, EXT3GCELLNAME="5048";
RMV GEXT3GCELL: IDTYPE=BYID, SRC3GNCELLID=0, NBR3GNCELLID=5048;
Using the CME

The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature
activation using the CME. For detailed operations, see Using the CME (Method 1)
and Using the CME (Method 2).
10.6 Deploying 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS

State

Aspect Requirement
BSC None
BTS None
GSM networking None

GSM and WCDMA.
MSC None

GSM BSS
Aspect Requirement

Description.
network subsystem (NSS) support:
location update
handovers
10.6.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command to set basic handover control parameters
of a cell. In this step, set Inter-RAT Cell Reselection Enable to YES(Yes).
parameters of a cell. In this step, set the parameters as follows:
● Set Qsearch I to 7.
● Set Qsearch P to 15.
● Set Qsearch C Initial to Always(Always).
Step 3 Run the SET GCELLRESELUTRANFDD command, set Switch of Sending PMO
With QP to ON(on).
Step 4 (Optional) When Utran Cell Type is set to TDD(TDD), to modify the UTRAN SI
parameter related to call control in a cell, run the SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS
command with TDD System Information Optimized Allowed set to YES(Yes).
Step 5 (Optional) When Utran Cell Type is set to FDD(FDD), to modify the UTRAN SI
parameters related to call control in a cell, run the SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS

GSM BSS
command with SI 2Quater Optimization set to YES(YES) and SI 2QUATER IE

Downsizing Switch to ON(On).
----End

SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATCELLRESELEN=YES;
SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, QI=7, QCI=Always, QP=15;
SET GCELLRESELUTRANFDD: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, SendPmoWithQpSw=ON;
TDDSIOPTIMIZEDALLOWED=YES;
SI2QUATEROPTIMIZEDALLOWED=YES, FirstSI2QuaterMsgOptSw=ON;
Using the CME
When configuring the 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State feature on the CME, you
must perform a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if required.

center)
----End

GSM BSS

SN Managed NE Param Parameter ID Config
Object (MO) eter urable
Name in CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 GCELLHOBASIC BSC6900/ Inter- INTERRATCELLRES Yes

BSC6910 RAT ELEN
Cell
Reselec
tion
Enable
2 GCELLCCUTRA BSC6900/ Qsearc QI Yes

NSYS BSC6910 hI
BSC6900/ Qsearc QP
BSC6910 hP
BSC6900/ Qsearc QCI

BSC6910 hC
Initial
3 GCELLRESELUT BSC6900/ Switch SendPmoWithQpS Yes

RANFDD BSC6910 of w
Sendin
g PMO
With
QP
4 GCELLCCUTRA BSC6900/ TDD TDDSIOPTIMIZEDA Yes

(Opti NSYS BSC6910 System LLOWED
onal) NOTE Inform
Configure this ation
MO when Optimi
Utran Cell zed
Type is set to
Allowe
TDD(TDD).
d
5 GCELLCCUTRA BSC6900/ SI SI2QUATEROPTIMI Yes

(Opti NSYS BSC6910 2Quate ZEDALLOWED
onal) NOTE r
Configure this Optimi
MO when zation
Utran Cell
Type is set to SI FirstSI2QuaterMsg
FDD(FDD). 2QUAT OptSw
ER IE
Downsi
zing
Switch

GSM BSS

Step 1 Move the MS within a GSM or UMTS cell, and ensure that the Ec/N0 and Received
Signal Code Power (RSCP) of the Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) are normal
during the neighboring cell measurement of the UMTS FDD cell. For example, the
MS will initiate a GSM-to-UMTS cell reselection if both the following conditions
are met within 5 seconds:
Step 2 Check whether the frequency information of the MS indicates the cell where the
MS is located.
Expected result: When the MS is in a GSM cell, the frequency information of the
MS indicates that the MS is in a GSM cell. When the MS is in a UMTS cell, the
frequency information of the MS indicates that the MS is in a UMTS cell.
----End
10.6.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

On the BSC LMT, run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command to set basic handover
control parameters of a cell. In this step, set Inter-RAT Cell Reselection Enable to
NO(No).

SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATCELLRESELEN=NO;
Using the CME
When configuring the 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State feature on the CME, you
must perform a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if required.


GSM BSS

----End
Table 10-5 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN MO NE Parame Parameter ID Configur
ter able in
Name CME
Batch
Modifica
tion
Center
1 GCELLHOBA BSC6900/ Inter- INTERRATCELLRES Yes

SIC BSC6910 RAT ELEN
Cell
Reselect
ion
Enable
10.7 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover

Aspect Requirement
BSC None
BTS None
GSM networking None

GSM and WCDMA.
MSC None

GSM BSS
Aspect Requirement

Description.
location update
handovers
10.7.2 Activation
Using MML Commands
of a cell. In this step, set Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable and Inter-RAT In
BSC Handover Enable to YES(Yes).
Step 2 Run the SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB command with Allow Inter-RAT Load HO
in Access State set to CnService-based(CN Service-based). On the core network
(CN) side, set Service Handover to Handover to UTRAN or cdma2000 should be
performed.
Step 3 Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with Service Based Handover Switch set
to OPEN(Open) and Service Handover Reassign set to YES(Yes).
----End

SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0,
InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=CnService-based;

GSM BSS
SET OTHSOFTPARA: OUTSYSSERVICEHOEN=OPEN,

OUTSYSSERVHOREASSIGNEN=YES;
When configuring the GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover feature on the CME, you must
perform a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if required.

center)

----End

Object Name ID ble in
(MO) CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

ASIC BSC6910 Out BSC OUTBSCH
Handover OEN
Enable
Inter-RAT INTERRATI
In BSC NBSCHOE
Handover N
Enable
2 GCELLHOI BSC6900/ Allow InterRatSer Yes

NTERRATL BSC6910 Inter-RAT viceLoadH
DB Load HO in oSwitch
Access
State

GSM BSS

Object Name ID ble in
(MO) CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
3 GCELLHOU BSC6900/ Better 3G BET3GHOE Yes

TRANFDD BSC6910 Cell HO N
Allowed
Inter-rat HOOPTSEL
HO
Preference
RSCP HORSCPTH
Threshold 3G
for Better
3G Cell HO
Ec/No HOECNOT
Threshold H3G
for Better
3G Cell HO
4 G3GNCELL BSC6900/ FDD 3G HOSTAT3G Yes

BSC6910 Better Cell
HO Watch
Time
FDD 3G HODURT3
Better Cell G
HO Valid
Time
RSCP RSCPOFF
Offset
Ec/No ECNOOFF
Offset
5 OTHSOFTP BSC6900/ Service OUTSYSSE Yes

ARA BSC6910 Based RVICEHOE
Handover N
Switch
Service OUTSYSSE
Handover RVHOREAS
Reassign SIGNEN


GSM BSS

Step 1 On the BSC LMT, trace BSSAP messages over the A interface.
Expected result: The BSC sends the MSC a Handover Required message with cause
value or "directed-retry".
----End
10.7.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 (Optional) Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command to set basic handover control
Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable to NO(No).
in Access State set to OFF(OFF).
----End

SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN=NO,
INTERRATINBSCHOEN=NO;

InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=OFF;
Using the CME

10.8 Deploying GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover

Aspect Requirement
BSC None

GSM BSS
Aspect Requirement
BTS None
GSM networking None

GSM and WCDMA.
MSC None

Description.
location update
handovers
The switch for the RNC sending load
information to GSM cells is turned on.
10.8.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

of a cell. In this step, set Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable and Inter-RAT In
BSC Handover Enable to YES(Yes).
Step 2 Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with CS 2G 3G Load Balance Delta
Threshold set according to network configurations.

GSM BSS
in Connect State set to YES(Yes) and Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Access State
set to Load-based(Load-based). On the core network (CN) side, set Service
Handover to Handover to UTRAN or cdma2000 should be performed.
Step 4 Run the MOD GEXT3GCELL command with Load handover Load Accept
Threshold set according to network configurations.
Step 5 Run the SET GCELLHOAD command with Load handover Load Accept Threshold
set according to network configurations.
----End

SET OTHSOFTPARA: G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd=110;
SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, OutSysLoadHoEn=YES,

InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=Load-based;
MOD GEXT3GCELL: IDTYPE=BYID, EXT3GCELLID=5048,LoadAccThres=80;
SET GCELLHOAD: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, LoadAccThres=80;
When configuring the GSM/WCDMA Load Based Handover feature on the CME, you must
perform a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if required.

center)

----End

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

ASIC BSC6910 Out BSC OUTBSCH
Handover OEN
Enable
Inter-RAT INTERRATI
In BSC NBSCHOE
Handover N
Enable
2 OTHSOFTP BSC6900/ CS 2G 3G G2G3GLdB Yes

ARA BSC6910 Load lcDeltaThr
Balance d
Delta
Threshold
3 GCELLHOI BSC6900/ Allow OutSysLoa Yes

NTERRATL BSC6910 Inter-RAT dHoEn
DB Load HO in
Connect
State
Allow InterRatSe
Inter-RAT rviceLoad
Load HO in HoSwitch
Access
State
4 GEXT3GCE BSC6900/ Load LoadAccTh Yes

LL BSC6910 handover res
Load
Accept
Threshold
5 GCELLHOA BSC6900/ Load LoadAccTh Yes

D BSC6910 handover res
Load
Accept
Threshold


GSM BSS

Step 1 On the BSC LMT, trace BSSAP messages over the A interface.
Expected result: The BSC sends the MSC a Handover Required message with cause
value "reduce load in serving cell".
----End
10.8.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 (Optional) Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command to set basic handover control
Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable to NO(No).
in Access State set to OFF(OFF) and Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Connect
State set to NO(No).
----End

SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN=NO,
INTERRATINBSCHOEN=NO;

InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=OFF,OutSysLoadHoEn=NO;
Using the CME

10.9 Deploying Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call

Release

Aspect Requirement
BSC None

GSM BSS
Aspect Requirement
BTS None
GSM networking None

networks and 3GPP Release 6 or later.
MSC None

Description.
Others None
10.9.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD GEXT3GCELL command to add a WCDMA FDD cell.
Step 2 Run the ADD G3GNCELL command to configure WCDMA cell 1 as the
neighboring cell of GSM cell 0.
Step 3 Run the SET BSCBASIC command with A Interface Tag, Um Interface Tag, and
Abis Interface Tag set to GSM_PHASE_2Plus.
Step 4 Configure the Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release feature.

● If Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable is set to YES(Yes):
a. Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command with Inter-RAT Cell Reselection
Enable set to YES(Yes) for GSM cell 0.
b. Run the SET GCELLCCAD command with Select 3G Cell After Call
Release set to YES(Yes) for GSM cell 0.
● If Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable is set to NO(No):
a. Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command with Inter-RAT Cell Reselection
Enable set to YES(Yes) for GSM cell 0.
b. Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with Inter-RAT Cell Reselection
Optimization set to ON(On).
c. Run the SET GCELLCCAD command with Select 3G Cell After Call
Release set to YES(Yes) for GSM cell 0.

GSM BSS
Step 5 Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with Forbid Fast Reselection in Location
Update set to NO(No).
----End

ADD GEXT3GCELL: EXT3GCELLID=7572, EXT3GCELLNAME="Cell1", MCC="460",
MNC="10", LAC=10, CI=60, RNCID=0, DF=50, SCRAMBLE=200, DIVERSITY=NO,
UTRANCELLTYPE=FDD,OPNAME="main";
ADD G3GNCELL: IDTYPE=BYNAME, SRC3GNCELLNAME="Cell0",
NBR3GNCELLNAME="Cell1";
SET BSCBASIC: AVer=GSM_PHASE_2Plus, UmVer=GSM_PHASE_2Plus,
AbisVer=GSM_PHASE_2Plus;
\\If Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable is set to YES(Yes)
SET GCELLCCAD: IDTYPE=BYNAME, CELLNAME="Cell0",
CELLSELECTAFTERCALLREL=YES;
SET OTHSOFTPARA: FASTRESELECTSW=NO;
\\If Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable is set to NO(No)
SET OTHSOFTPARA: INTERRATCELLRESELOPTEN=ON;
SET GCELLCCAD: IDTYPE=BYNAME, CELLNAME="Cell0",
CELLSELECTAFTERCALLREL=YES;
SET OTHSOFTPARA: FASTRESELECTSW=NO;
When configuring the Fast WCDMA Reselection at 2G CS Call Release feature on the CME,
you must perform a single configuration first, and then perform batch modifications if
required.

center)

GSM BSS

----End
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configu

Name ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 GEXT3GCELL BSC690 Cell Name EXT3GCELL Yes

0/ NAME
BSC691
0 MCC MCC
MNC MNC
Cell LAC LAC
Cell CI CI
RNC ID RNCID
DL UARFCN DF
Scrambling SCRAMBLE
Code or Cell
Parameter
Id
Diversity DIVERSITY
Utran Cell UTRANCELL

Type TYPE
2 G3GNCELL BSC690 Index Type IDTYPE No

0/
BSC691
0
BSC690 Source Cell SRC3GNCEL

0/ Index LID
BSC691
0
BSC690 Neighbor NBR3GNCE

0/ Cell Index LLID
BSC691
0
3 BSCBASIC BSC690 A Interface AVer Yes

0/ Tag

GSM BSS
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configu

Name ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
BSC691 Um UmVer
0 Interface
Tag
Abis AbisVer
Interface
Tag
4 GCELLHOBASIC BSC690 Inter-RAT INTERRATC Yes

NOTE 0/ Cell ELLRESELEN
Configure this MO BSC691 Reselection
when Inter-RAT Out 0 Enable
BSC Handover Enable
is set to NO(No).
GCELLCCAD Select 3G CELLSELECT

NOTE Cell After AFTERCALL
Configure this MO Call Release REL
when Inter-RAT Out
BSC Handover Enable
is set to YES(Yes).
GCELLHOBASIC Inter-RAT INTERRATC

NOTE Cell ELLRESELEN
Configure this MO Reselection
when Inter-RAT Out Enable
BSC Handover Enable
is set to NO(No).
OTHSOFTPARA Inter-RAT INTERRATC

NOTE Cell ELLRESELOP
Configure this MO Reselection TEN
when Inter-RAT Out Optimizatio
BSC Handover Enable n
is set to NO(No).
GCELLCCAD Select 3G CELLSELECT

NOTE Cell After AFTERCALL
Configure this MO Call Release REL
when Inter-RAT Out
BSC Handover Enable
is set to NO(No).
5 OTHSOFTPARA BSC690 Forbid Fast FASTRESELE Yes

0/ Reselection CTSW
BSC691 in Location
0 Update

GSM BSS


Step 1 Use an MS that camps on GSM cell 0 to initiate a call and maintain the call.
Step 2 Release the call and view the network identifier on the MS.
Expected result: The MS has camped on a WCDMA cell.
If the GSM and WCDMA networks use the same network identifier, the MS must allow
users to query whether its currently camped cell is a GSM or a WCDMA cell.
Step 3 On the BSC LMT, trace messages over the Um interface.
Expected result: The Channel Release message contains the "cell-selection-

indicator-after-release" information element (IE).
The IE contains information about neighboring WCDMA cells, as shown in Figure

10-1.
Figure 10-1 Channel Release trace result
Step 4 From the MS's logs, check the GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection duration. That is,
check the duration from when the MS receives the Channel Release message from
the BSC on the GSM network to when the MS sends the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message on the WCDMA network.

GSM BSS
Expected result: The GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection duration decreases after this
feature is enabled.
----End
10.9.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

On the BSC LMT, run the SET GCELLCCAD command with Select 3G Cell After
Call Release set to NO(No) for GSM cell 0.

SET GCELLCCAD: IDTYPE=BYNAME, CELLNAME=Cell0,
CELLSELECTAFTERCALLREL=NO;
Using the CME

10.10 Deploying BSC supporting Blind Search
Aspect Requirement
BSC None
BTS None
GSM networking None
MS MSs support both GSM and WCDMA networks and

bidirectional cell reselection and handovers between GSM
and WCDMA.
MSC None
License The license controlling this feature has been activated. For
details on how to activate the license, see License
Management Feature Parameter Description. For details
about license items, see License Control Item Description.

GSM BSS
Aspect Requirement
Others ● If 3G ARFCN Type is set to FDD(FDD), 3G ARFCN 1

through 3G ARFCN 8 are valid, but 3G ARFCN 9
through 3G ARFCN 16 are invalid.
● If 3G ARFCN Type is set to TDD(TDD), 3G ARFCN 1
through 3G ARFCN 16 are valid.
10.10.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command with Inter-RAT Cell Reselection Enable
set to YES(Yes).
Step 2 Configure UARFCNs for the cells under a BSC.

● If each cell uses its user-defined neighboring UARFCNs:
Run the SET GCELL3GARFCN command to configure UARFCNs for each cell.
In this step, set 3G ARFCNs for Cell Reselection to YES(Yes) and 3G ARFCN
Send Type to 3GARFCN(3G ARFCN).
● If all cells under the BSC use the same neighboring UARFCN:
Run the SET G3GARFCN command to configure UARFCNs for the BSC. In this
step, set 3G ARFCNs for Cell Reselection to YES(Yes).
Run the SET GCELL3GARFCN command with 3G ARFCNs for Cell
Reselection set to YES(Yes) and 3G ARFCN Send Type to 3GARFCN(3G
ARFCN).
Step 3 Run the SET BSCBASIC command with A Interface Tag, Um Interface Tag, and
Abis Interface Tag set to GSM_PHASE_2Plus.
Step 4 Run the SET OTHSOFTPARA command with Support Sent 2QUATER set to
YES(Yes).
parameters of a cell. In this step, set Qsearch I, Qsearch P, and Qsearch C to 7,
and set Qsearch C Initial to Always(Always).
----End

//Activating BSC supporting Blind Search if each cell uses its user-defined
neighboring UARFCNs
SET GCELL3GARFCN: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INPUT3GARFCNEN=YES,

INPUT3GARFCNENTYPE=FDD, N3GARFCNSENDTYPE=3GARFCN, ARFCN1=10;

GSM BSS

SET OTHSOFTPARA: Send2QuterFlag=YES;

QSEARCHC=7;
//Activating BSC supporting Blind Search if all cells under the BSC use the same
neighboring UARFCN
SET G3GARFCN: INPUT3GARFCNEN=YES, INPUT3GARFCNENTYPE=FDD,

ARFCN1=10;
SET GCELL3GARFCN: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INPUT3GARFCNEN=YES,

N3GARFCNSENDTYPE=3GARFCN;

SET OTHSOFTPARA: Send2QuterFlag=YES;

QSEARCHC=7;
Using the CME
When configuring the BSC supporting Blind Search feature on the CME, you must perform

center)

----End

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

ASIC BSC6910 Cell CELLRESEL
Reselection EN
Enable
2 GCELL3GA BSC6900/ Cell Index CELLID Yes

RFCN BSC6910
NOTE
Configure
this MO if
each cell
uses its
user-
defined
neighborin
g
UARFCNs.
G3GARFCN BSC6900/ 3G ARFCNs INPUT3GA Yes

NOTE BSC6910 for Cell RFCNEN
Configure Reselection
this MO if
all cells
under the
BSC use
the same
neighborin
g UARFCN.
GCELL3GA BSC6900/ 3G ARFCNs INPUT3GA Yes

RFCN BSC6910 for Cell RFCNEN
NOTE Reselection
Configure
this MO if
all cells
under the
BSC use
the same
neighborin
g UARFCN.

GSM BSS

(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center
GCELL3GA BSC6900/ 3G ARFCN N3GARFC Yes

RFCN BSC6910 Send Type NSENDTYP
NOTE
Configure
this MO if
all cells
under the
BSC use
the same
neighborin
g UARFCN.
3 BSCBASIC BSC6900/ A Interface AVer Yes

BSC6910 Tag
Um UmVer
Interface
Tag
Abis AbisVer
Interface
Tag
4 OTHSOFTP BSC6900/ Support Send2Qut Yes

ARA BSC6910 Sent erFlag
2QUATER
5 GCELLCCU BSC6900/ Qsearch I QI Yes

TRANSYS BSC6910
Qsearch C QSEARCH
C
Qsearch P QP
Qsearch C QCI
Initial

Step 1 On the BSC LMT, trace the radio signaling link (RSL) over the Abis interface.
Expected result: The 2Quater system information (SI) carries information about
neighboring UARFCNs.
Step 2 Enable the blind search function and configure FDD UARFCNs. Move the MS
within a GSM or UMTS cell, and ensure that the Ec/N0 and Received Signal Code
Power (RSCP) of the Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) are normal during the
neighboring cell measurement of the UMTS FDD cell. If both the following

GSM BSS
conditions are met within 5 seconds, the MS will initiate a GSM-to-UMTS cell
reselection:
● When the MS is in a GSM cell, the frequency information of the MS indicates

that the MS is in a GSM cell.
● When the MS is in a UMTS cell, the frequency information of the MS indicates
that the MS is in a UMTS cell.
Step 3 Enable the blind search function and configure TDD UARFCNs. Move the MS
within a GSM or TD-SCDMA cell, and ensure that the Ec/N0 and RSCP of the
CPICH are normal during the neighboring cell measurement of the TD-SCDMA
FDD cell. If the following condition is met within 5 seconds, the MS will initiate a
GSM-to-TD-SCDMA cell reselection:
CPICH RSCP > TDD Cell Reselect Diversity
● When the MS is in a GSM cell, the frequency information of the MS indicates

that the MS is in a GSM cell.
● When the MS is in a TD-SCDMA cell, the frequency information of the MS
indicates that the MS is in a TD-SCDMA cell.
----End
10.10.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the SET GCELL3GARFCN command with 3G ARFCNs for Cell
Reselection set to NO(No).
Run the SET G3GARFCN command with 3G ARFCNs for Cell Reselection set
to NO(No).
Run the SET G3GARFCN command with 3G ARFCNs for Cell Reselection set
to NO(No).

//Deactivating BSC supporting Blind Search if each cell uses its user-defined
neighboring UARFCNs:
SET GCELL3GARFCN: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INPUT3GARFCNEN=NO;
SET G3GARFCN: INPUT3GARFCNEN=NO;
//Deactivating BSC supporting Blind Search if all cells under the BSC use the same
neighboring UARFCN
SET G3GARFCN: INPUT3GARFCNEN=NO;

GSM BSS
Using the CME
When configuring the BSC supporting Blind Search feature on the CME, you must perform

sequence described in Table 10-14 and Table 10-15.
----End
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 GCELL3GA BSC6900/ 3G ARFCNs INPUT3GA Yes

RFCN BSC6910 for Cell RFCNEN
Reselection
G3GARFCN BSC6900/ No
BSC6910
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 G3GARFCN BSC6900/ 3G ARFCNs INPUT3GA No

BSC6910 for Cell RFCNEN
Reselection

GSM BSS
10.11 Performance Optimization
10.11.1 GSM/WCDMA Interoperability and 2G/3G Cell

Reselection Based on MS State
Monitoring
Monitor the number of allowed FDD calls to check whether the GSM/WCDMA
Interoperability and 2G/3G Cell Reselection Based on MS State features need to be
optimized.
Parameter Optimization
If the number of allowed FDD calls is great, MSs are likely to camp on GSM cells.
In addition to optimizing WCDMA coverage, modify the settings of SI-related
parameters to increase the possibility of GSM-to-WCDMA cell reselection. You are
advised to set QI (BSC6900, BSC6910) to 7 to ensure that MSs always search for
3G cells. In addition, you are advised to set FDDQMINOFFSET (BSC6900,
BSC6910), FDDRSCPMIN (BSC6900, BSC6910), and FDDQMIN (BSC6900,
BSC6910) to small values, and FDDQOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910) to a large value.
10.11.2 GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover and GSM/

WCDMA Load Based Handover
Monitoring
Monitor the inter-RAT outgoing cell handover success rate and call drop rate to
check whether the GSM/WCDMA Service Based Handover and GSM/WCDMA Load
Based Handover features need to be optimized.
Parameter Optimization
If the inter-RAT outgoing cell handover success rate is low, set RSCPOFF
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to a small value for increasing the number of candidate
cells, and set HOSTAT3G (BSC6900, BSC6910) to a large value for reducing the
number of handovers.
If the call drop rate is high, set ECNOOFF (BSC6900, BSC6910), HODURT3G
(BSC6900, BSC6910), and TRIGTHRES (BSC6900, BSC6910) to small values for
accelerating handover decisions.

N/A

N/A

GSM BSS
10.12 Troubleshooting
If MS exceptions cause a low inter-RAT handover success rate, perform the
following operations:
Step 1 Run the SET GCELLHOBASIC command with InterRatDiffProcSw (BSC6900,

BSC6910) set to ON(On) to enable the differentiated processing function of the
GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature.
Step 2 Run the ADD GMSTACCAP command with the parameters set as follows:
● Set TAC (BSC6900, BSC6910) as required to mark abnormal MSs.
● Set DifferFeatureSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) to BIT0(F0) to control these
marked MSs in different ways.
● Set MinEcNoOffVal (BSC6900, BSC6910), MinRSCPOffVal (BSC6900,
BSC6910), and InterRatHoEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) as required to achieve
differentiated processing on these MSs.
----End

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameters

Param NE MML Featur Featur Description
eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
TAC BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Type Approval Code (TAC) and Final
0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM Assembly Code (FAC) are proportion of the
CCAP A International Mobile Station Equipment Identity
MOD Interop (IMEI) and represent the first eight digits of the
GMSTA erabilit IMEI. TAC and FAC are used to differentiate
CCAP y between the MSs of different models. This
parameter consists of an eight digit string. If
RMV the string is less than eight digits, fill the higher
GMSTA order with 0.
CCAP
GUI Value Range: 8 digits
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8 digits
Default Value: None
TAC BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Type Approval Code (TAC) and Final
0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM Assembly Code (FAC) are proportion of the
CCAP A International Mobile Station Equipment Identity
MOD Interop (IMEI) and represent the first eight digits of the
GMSTA erabilit IMEI. TAC and FAC are used to differentiate
CCAP y between the MSs of different models. This
parameter consists of an eight digit string. If
RMV the string is less than eight digits, fill the higher
GMSTA order with 0.
CCAP
GUI Value Range: 8 digits
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8 digits
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
DifferF BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

eatureS 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM Whether to enable a specified feature for a
witch CCAP A type of MS identified by "TAC" in this
MOD Interop command. The value of BIT0(F0) for this
GMSTA erabilit parameter determines whether to enable the
CCAP y GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature for this
type of MS. The value of BIT1(F1) for this
parameter determines whether to enable the
EMR feature for this type of MS. The value of
BIT2(F2) for this parameter determines whether
the BSC forcibly allocates a specific speech
version to this type of MS. The value of
to change the cause value carried in the
LOCATION UPDATING REJECT message sent to
this type of MS. Other values of this parameter
are reserved for future use.
When this parameter is set to BIT0(F0), set
"MinEcNoOffVal", "MinRSCPOffVal", and
"InterRatHoEN" to appropriate values. When
the value of BIT1(F1) is 1, this type of MS is not
allowed to use the EMR feature. When the
value of BIT2(F2) is 1, the BSC forcibly allocates
a specific speech version to this type of MS
according to the value of "ForcedSpeechVer".
When the value of BIT3(F3) is 1, the
"CNCauseValue" and "ModifiedCauseValue"
parameters must be set to appropriate values.
GUI Value Range: BIT0(F0), BIT1(F1), BIT2(F2),
BIT3(F3), BIT4(F4), BIT5(F5), BIT6(F6),
BIT11(F11), BIT12(F12), BIT13(F13),
BIT14(F14), BIT15(F15)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6,
F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, F13, F14, F15
Default Value:
BIT0:0,BIT1:0,BIT2:0,BIT3:0,BIT4:0,BIT5:0,BIT6:0,B
IT7:0,BIT8:0,BIT9:0,BIT10:0,BIT11:0,BIT12:0,BIT13
:0,BIT14:0,BIT15:0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
DifferF BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

eatureS 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM Whether to enable a specified feature for a
witch CCAP A type of MS identified by "TAC" in this
MOD Interop command. The value of BIT0(F0) for this
GMSTA erabilit parameter determines whether to enable the
CCAP y GSM/WCDMA Interoperability feature for this
type of MS. The value of BIT1(F1) for this
parameter determines whether to enable the
EMR feature for this type of MS. The value of
the BSC forcibly allocates a specific speech
version to this type of MS. The value of
to change the cause value carried in the
LOCATION UPDATING REJECT message sent to
this type of MS. Other values of this parameter
are reserved for future use.
When this parameter is set to BIT0(F0), set
"MinEcNoOffVal", "MinRSCPOffVal", and
"InterRatHoEN" to appropriate values. When
the value of BIT1(F1) is 1, this type of MS is not
allowed to use the EMR feature. When the
value of BIT2(F2) is 1, the BSC forcibly allocates
a specific speech version to this type of MS
according to the value of "ForcedSpeechVer".
When the value of BIT3(F3) is 1, the
"CNCauseValue" and "ModifiedCauseValue"
parameters must be set to appropriate values.
GUI Value Range: BIT0(F0), BIT1(F1), BIT2(F2),
BIT11(F11), BIT12(F12), BIT13(F13),
BIT14(F14), BIT15(F15)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6,
F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, F13, F14, F15
Default Value:
BIT0:0,BIT1:0,BIT2:0,BIT3:0,BIT4:0,BIT5:0,BIT6:0,B
IT7:0,BIT8:0,BIT9:0,BIT10:0,BIT11:0,BIT12:0,BIT13
:0,BIT14:0,BIT15:0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
MinEcN BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum Ec/No threshold offset.
oOffVal 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM When the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
CCAP A feature is enabled for the MSs identified by
MOD Interop "TAC" in the command, the BSC uses this
GMSTA erabilit parameter to adjust the minimum Ec/No
CCAP y threshold and performs M criterion tailoring.
The minimum Ec/No threshold after adjustment
must be within its valid value range.
GUI Value Range: -49~49
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -49~49
Default Value: 0
MinEcN BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum Ec/No threshold offset.
oOffVal 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM When the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
GMSTA erabilit parameter to adjust the minimum Ec/No
The minimum Ec/No threshold after adjustment
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
MinRSC BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum RSCP threshold offset.
POffVal 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM When the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
GMSTA erabilit parameter to adjust the minimum RSCP
The minimum RSCP threshold after adjustment
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
MinRSC BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum RSCP threshold offset.
POffVal 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM When the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
GMSTA erabilit parameter to adjust the minimum RSCP
The minimum RSCP threshold after adjustment
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
InterRa BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow the MSs identified
tHoEN 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM by "TAC" in the command to hand over from a
CCAP A GSM cell to a WCDMA cell.
MOD Interop GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
GMSTA erabilit
y Unit: None
CCAP
Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: YES(YES)
InterRa BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow the MSs identified
tHoEN 0 GMSTA 14301 WCDM by "TAC" in the command to hand over from a
CCAP A GSM cell to a WCDMA cell.
MOD Interop GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
GMSTA erabilit
y Unit: None
CCAP
Default Value: YES(YES)
Send2 BSC690 SET GBFD-1 System Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the
QuterFl 0 OTHSO 11101 Inform SI Type 3 message contains the 2QUATER
ag FTPARA ation indicator.
Sendin GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
g
Unit: None
Default Value: YES(Yes)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
Send2 BSC691 SET GBFD-1 System Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the
QuterFl 0 OTHSO 11101 Inform SI Type 3 message contains the 2QUATER
ag FTPARA ation indicator.
Sendin GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
g
Unit: None
FirstSI2 BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to simplify the information
Quater 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM element (IE) in the first SI 2Quater. When this
MsgOp CUTRA A parameter is set to ON, the BSC simplifies the
tSw NSYS Interop IE in the first SI 2Quater based on network
erabilit control modes and measurement report types.
y When this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC
does not simplify the IE in the SI 2Quater.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
FirstSI2 BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to simplify the information
Quater 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM element (IE) in the first SI 2Quater. When this
MsgOp CUTRA A parameter is set to ON, the BSC simplifies the
tSw NSYS Interop IE in the first SI 2Quater based on network
erabilit control modes and measurement report types.
y When this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC
does not simplify the IE in the SI 2Quater.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SI2QUA BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to optimize the system
TEROP 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM information (SI) 2Quater.When this parameter
TIMIZE CUTRA A is set to YES, information about more
DALLO NSYS Interop neighboring UMTS cells is contained in
WED erabilit 2Quater, and therefore the number of such SIs
y reduces. Note:When this parameter is set to
YES, the SI MI is also optimized and
information about more neighboring UMTS
cells is contained in MI.
GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
Unit: None
Default Value: NO(NO)
SI2QUA BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to optimize the system
TEROP 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM information (SI) 2Quater.When this parameter
TIMIZE CUTRA A is set to YES, information about more
DALLO NSYS Interop neighboring UMTS cells is contained in
WED erabilit 2Quater, and therefore the number of such SIs
y reduces. Note:When this parameter is set to
YES, the SI MI is also optimized and
information about more neighboring UMTS
cells is contained in MI.
GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
Unit: None
Default Value: NO(NO)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
GSMFR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

EQCNU 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Number of neighboring cells that meet the
M CUTRA A following conditions: If "MBR" is indicated in a
NSYS Interop system message, the MS reports the number of
erabilit neighboring cells at each frequency band. If the
y MS reports the number of neighboring cells at
the same frequency band of the serving cell, it
can report a maximum of the value of this
parameter.
These neighboring cells must meet the
following requirements:
1. The receive levels of the neighboring cells
must be higher than "900 Reporting Threshold"
or "1800 Reporting Threshold".
2. The BSIC of a neighboring cell must be valid.
3. The signals of the neighboring cells must be
the strongest among all the neighboring cells
at the same frequency band.
GUI Value Range: 0~3
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~3
Default Value: 3

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
GSMFR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

EQCNU 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Number of neighboring cells that meet the
M CUTRA A following conditions: If "MBR" is indicated in a
NSYS Interop system message, the MS reports the number of
erabilit neighboring cells at each frequency band. If the
y MS reports the number of neighboring cells at
the same frequency band of the serving cell, it
can report a maximum of the value of this
parameter.
These neighboring cells must meet the
following requirements:
1. The receive levels of the neighboring cells
must be higher than "900 Reporting Threshold"
or "1800 Reporting Threshold".
2. The BSIC of a neighboring cell must be valid.
3. The signals of the neighboring cells must be
the strongest among all the neighboring cells
at the same frequency band.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
FDDBA BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

1TAG 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM Input mode of the BA lists.
DLEFD A
DBA1 Interop AUTO: In this mode, the system fills in the BA1
erabilit and BA2 lists according to neighboring relations
y of cells.
MANU: In this mode, you can maintain the BA
tables by yourself. If the neighboring relations
of cells are changed, for example, after a
neighboring cell is added or deleted, you must
maintain the BA1 and BA2 lists by yourself.
GUI Value Range: AUTO(Auto), MANU(Manu)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO, MANU
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDBA BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

1TAG 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM Input mode of the BA lists.
DLEFD A
DBA1 Interop AUTO: In this mode, the system fills in the BA1
erabilit and BA2 lists according to neighboring relations
y of cells.
MANU: In this mode, you can maintain the BA
tables by yourself. If the neighboring relations
of cells are changed, for example, after a
neighboring cell is added or deleted, you must
maintain the BA1 and BA2 lists by yourself.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDBA BSC690 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: This parameter indicate whether to
2TAG 0 GCELL 210301 ration generate the FDD BA2 table automatically
HOFDD Manag according to neighbor cell relations or to input
BA2 ement the FDD BA2 table manually
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDBA BSC691 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: This parameter indicate whether to
2TAG 0 GCELL 210301 ration generate the FDD BA2 table automatically
HOFDD Manag according to neighbor cell relations or to input
BA2 ement the FDD BA2 table manually
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
DF BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency of the external

0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM 3G cell.
GCELL GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: 0~16383
MOD 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
GCELL y Actual Value Range: 0~16383
GSM/T Default Value: None
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
DF BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency of the external

0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM 3G cell.
GCELL GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: 0~16383
MOD 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
SCRAM BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

BLE 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to FDD(FDD),
GCELL GBFD-1 A this parameter specifies the scrambling code.
MOD 14302 Interop When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to TDD(TDD),
GEXT3 erabilit this parameter specifies the cell parameter.
GCELL y
This parameter is used to differentiate different
GSM/T MSs or cells. Scrambling codes are used after
D- spread spectrum. Therefore, the bandwidth of a
SCDMA signal is not changed. Instead, signals from
Interop different sources are differentiated. Scrambling
erabilit prevents multiple transmitters from using the
y same code word for spread spectrum. This
parameter is used to differentiate different MSs
on the uplink and differentiate different cells
on the downlink.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SCRAM BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

BLE 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to FDD(FDD),
GCELL GBFD-1 A this parameter specifies the scrambling code.
MOD 14302 Interop When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to TDD(TDD),
GEXT3 erabilit this parameter specifies the cell parameter.
GCELL y
on the downlink.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
DIVERS BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to activate transmit diversity
ITY 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM on the common channel of a 3G cell
GCELL GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
MOD 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
GCELL y Actual Value Range: NO, YES
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
DIVERS BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to activate transmit diversity
ITY 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM on the common channel of a 3G cell
GCELL GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
MOD 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
GCELL y Actual Value Range: NO, YES
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
UTRAN BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of a
CELLTY 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM 3G cell. A cell type can be Frequency Division
PE GCELL GBFD-1 A Duplex (FDD) or Time Division Duplex (TDD).
MOD 14302 Interop GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD)
GEXT3 erabilit
y Unit: None
GCELL
GSM/T Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD
D- Default Value: None
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
UTRAN BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of a
CELLTY 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM 3G cell. A cell type can be Frequency Division
PE GCELL GBFD-1 A Duplex (FDD) or Time Division Duplex (TDD).
MOD 14302 Interop GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD)
GEXT3 erabilit
y Unit: None
GCELL
GSM/T Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD
D- Default Value: None
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
SYNCC BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/T Meaning: Synchronization status. This

ASE 0 GEXT3 14302 D- parameter is used to identify different 3G cells.
GCELL SCDMA This parameter should be same with the
MOD Interop configuration of 3G cells.
GEXT3 erabilit GUI Value Range: SyncCase1(Sync case 1),
GCELL y SyncCase2(Sync case 2)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SyncCase1, SyncCase2
Default Value: None
SYNCC BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/T Meaning: Synchronization status. This

ASE 0 GEXT3 14302 D- parameter is used to identify different 3G cells.
GCELL SCDMA This parameter should be same with the
MOD Interop configuration of 3G cells.
GEXT3 erabilit GUI Value Range: SyncCase1(Sync case 1),
GCELL y SyncCase2(Sync case 2)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SyncCase1, SyncCase2
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ITEM BSC690 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: Number of a row to be changed in a

0 GCELLI 210301 ration BA list.
DLEFD Manag GUI Value Range: 1~64
DBA1 ement
Unit: None
Default Value: None

0 GCELLI 210301 ration BA list.
DLEFD Manag GUI Value Range: 1~64
DBA1 ement
Unit: None
Default Value: None
ITEMV BSC690 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: Whether to allow to configure

ALID 0 GCELLI 210301 ration parameters in the BA list. If this parameter is
DLEFD Manag set to TRUE(Support), parameters in the BA list
DBA1 ement can be configured.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Not Support),
TRUE(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: None

ALID 0 GCELLI 210301 ration parameters in the BA list. If this parameter is
DLEFD Manag set to TRUE(Support), parameters in the BA list
DBA1 ement can be configured.
TRUE(Support)
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDDL BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency number that an
UARFA 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM MS in idle mode retrieves from the 3G
N DLEFD A neighboring cell list. The numbers are sent in
DBA1 Interop the system information 2QUATER. The value
erabilit ranges of frequency numbers vary with
y corresponding band reporting.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDDL BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency number that an
UARFA 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM MS in idle mode retrieves from the 3G
N DLEFD A neighboring cell list. The numbers are sent in
DBA1 Interop the system information 2QUATER. The value
erabilit ranges of frequency numbers vary with
y corresponding band reporting.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDSC BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

RAMBL 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM Scrambling code of a 3G cell, used for
E DLEFD A distinguishing MSs or cells. Scrambling codes
DBA1 Interop are used after spreading. Therefore, the
erabilit bandwidth of a signal is not changed. Instead,
y signals from different sources are differentiated.
Scrambling prevents multiple transmitters from
using the same code word for spreading.
On the uplink, the scrambling function is used
for differentiating MSs. On the downlink, the
function is used for differentiating cells.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDSC BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

RAMBL 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM Scrambling code of a 3G cell, used for
E DLEFD A distinguishing MSs or cells. Scrambling codes
DBA1 Interop are used after spreading. Therefore, the
erabilit bandwidth of a signal is not changed. Instead,
y signals from different sources are differentiated.
Scrambling prevents multiple transmitters from
using the same code word for spreading.
On the uplink, the scrambling function is used
for differentiating MSs. On the downlink, the
function is used for differentiating cells.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDDI BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Diversity indication of a 3G cell. This
VERSIT 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM parameter indicates whether the transmit
Y DLEFD A diversity mode on the common channel in a
DBA1 Interop cell is activated. 0 means No, 1 means Yes.
erabilit GUI Value Range: 0~1
y
Unit: None
Default Value: None
FDDDI BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Diversity indication of a 3G cell. This
VERSIT 0 GCELLI 14301 WCDM parameter indicates whether the transmit
Y DLEFD A diversity mode on the common channel in a
DBA1 Interop cell is activated. 0 means No, 1 means Yes.
y
Unit: None
Default Value: None

0 GCELL 210301 ration BA list.
HOFDD Manag GUI Value Range: 1~64
BA2 ement
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

0 GCELL 210301 ration BA list.
HOFDD Manag GUI Value Range: 1~64
BA2 ement
Unit: None
Default Value: None

ALID 0 GCELL 210301 ration parameters in the BA list. If this parameter is
HOFDD Manag set to TRUE(Support), parameters in the BA list
BA2 ement can be configured.
TRUE(Support)
Unit: None
Default Value: None

ALID 0 GCELL 210301 ration parameters in the BA list. If this parameter is
HOFDD Manag set to TRUE(Support), parameters in the BA list
BA2 ement can be configured.
TRUE(Support)
Unit: None
Default Value: None
DF BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency of the external

0 GCELL 14301 WCDM 3G cell
HOFDD GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: 0~16383
BA2 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
y Actual Value Range: 0~16383
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
DF BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Downlink frequency of the external

0 GCELL 14301 WCDM 3G cell
HOFDD GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: 0~16383
BA2 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
SCRAM BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

BLE 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to FDD(FDD),
HOFDD GBFD-1 A this parameter specifies the scrambling code.
BA2 14302 Interop When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to TDD(TDD),
erabilit this parameter specifies the cell parameter.
y
on the downlink.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SCRAM BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

BLE 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to FDD(FDD),
HOFDD GBFD-1 A this parameter specifies the scrambling code.
BA2 14302 Interop When "UTRANCELLTYPE" is set to TDD(TDD),
erabilit this parameter specifies the cell parameter.
y
on the downlink.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
DIVERS BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to activate transmit diversity
ITY 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM on the common channel of a 3G cell
HOFDD GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
BA2 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
y Actual Value Range: NO, YES
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
DIVERS BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to activate transmit diversity
ITY 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM on the common channel of a 3G cell
HOFDD GBFD-1 A GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
BA2 14302 Interop
erabilit Unit: None
y Actual Value Range: NO, YES
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QI BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In idle mode, if the signal level of the serving
CUTRA GBFD-1 A cell is below the threshold specified by this
NSYS 14302 Interop parameter (when the parameter value is within
erabilit [0, 7]) or above the threshold specified by this
y parameter (when the parameter value is within
GSM/T [8, 15]), the MS starts to search for 3G cells.
D- For example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if
SCDMA the signal level of the serving cell is lower than
Interop 5, the MS starts to search for 3G cells; if this
erabilit parameter is set to 10 and if the signal level of
y the serving cell is above 10, then the MS starts
to search for 3G cells.
The values of this parameter correspond to the
following decibel values:
0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
2: -90 dBm
3: -86 dBm
4: -82 dBm
5: -78 dBm
6: -74 dBm
7: (always), that is, the MS keeps searching for
3G cells
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: Positive infinity (never), that is, the MS does
not search for 3G cells.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
-98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78, -74, (always), -78,
-74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54, Positive
infinity(never)
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QI BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In idle mode, if the signal level of the serving
CUTRA GBFD-1 A cell is below the threshold specified by this
NSYS 14302 Interop parameter (when the parameter value is within
erabilit [0, 7]) or above the threshold specified by this
y parameter (when the parameter value is within
GSM/T [8, 15]), the MS starts to search for 3G cells.
D- For example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if
SCDMA the signal level of the serving cell is lower than
Interop 5, the MS starts to search for 3G cells; if this
erabilit parameter is set to 10 and if the signal level of
y the serving cell is above 10, then the MS starts
to search for 3G cells.
0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
2: -90 dBm
3: -86 dBm
4: -82 dBm
5: -78 dBm
6: -74 dBm
7: (always), that is, the MS keeps searching for
3G cells
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: Positive infinity (never), that is, the MS does
not search for 3G cells.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
-98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78, -74, (always), -78,
-74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54, Positive
infinity(never)
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QP BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In packet transfer mode, if the signal level of
CUTRA GBFD-1 A the serving cell is below the threshold specified
NSYS 14302 Interop by this parameter (when the parameter value is
erabilit within [0, 7]) or above the threshold specified
y by this parameter (when the parameter value is
GSM/T within [8, 15]), the MS starts to search for 3G
D- cells. For example, if this parameter is set to 5
SCDMA and if the signal level of the serving cell is
Interop lower than 5, the MS starts to search for 3G
erabilit cells; if this parameter is set to 10 and if the
y signal level of the serving cell is above 10, then
the MS starts to search for 3G cells.
This parameter is valid only if the BSC sends
GPRS cell reselection parameters to an MS
using a Packet Cell Change Order or Packet
Measurement Order message.
following decibel values: 0: -98 dBm 1: -94
dBm ... 6: -74 dBm 7: (always) 8: -78 dBm 9:
-74 dBm ... 14: -54 dBm 15: Positive infinity
(never)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: -98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78,
-74, (always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54,
Positive infinity(never)
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QP BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In packet transfer mode, if the signal level of
CUTRA GBFD-1 A the serving cell is below the threshold specified
NSYS 14302 Interop by this parameter (when the parameter value is
D- cells. For example, if this parameter is set to 5
the MS starts to search for 3G cells.
This parameter is valid only if the BSC sends
GPRS cell reselection parameters to an MS
using a Packet Cell Change Order or Packet
Measurement Order message.
following decibel values: 0: -98 dBm 1: -94
dBm ... 6: -74 dBm 7: (always) 8: -78 dBm 9:
-74 dBm ... 14: -54 dBm 15: Positive infinity
(never)
Unit: None
-74, (always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54,
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QSEAR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

CHC 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In connection mode, if the signal level of the
CUTRA GBFD-1 A serving cell is below the threshold specified by
NSYS 14302 Interop this parameter (when the parameter value is
D- cells.For example, if this parameter is set to 5
the MS starts to search for 3G cells. 0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
...
6: -74 dBm
7: (always)
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
...
14: -54 dBm
15: Positive infinity (never)
Unit: None
-74, (always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54,
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QSEAR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

CHC 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM In connection mode, if the signal level of the
CUTRA GBFD-1 A serving cell is below the threshold specified by
NSYS 14302 Interop this parameter (when the parameter value is
D- cells.For example, if this parameter is set to 5
the MS starts to search for 3G cells. 0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
...
6: -74 dBm
7: (always)
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
...
14: -54 dBm
15: Positive infinity (never)
Unit: None
-74, (always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62, -58, -54,
Default Value: 7
QCI BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies the threshold
0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM of the signal level for cell reselection in
CUTRA GBFD-1 A connection mode before ""Qsearch C"" is
NSYS 14302 Interop obtained.
erabilit GUI Value Range: Use_Qsearch_I(Use
y Qsearch_I), Always(Always)
GSM/T Unit: None
D-
SCDMA Actual Value Range: Use_Qsearch_I, Always
Interop Default Value: Use_Qsearch_I(Use Qsearch_I)
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
QCI BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies the threshold
0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM of the signal level for cell reselection in
CUTRA GBFD-1 A connection mode before ""Qsearch C"" is
NSYS 14302 Interop obtained.
erabilit GUI Value Range: Use_Qsearch_I(Use
y Qsearch_I), Always(Always)
GSM/T Unit: None
D-
SCDMA Actual Value Range: Use_Qsearch_I, Always
Interop Default Value: Use_Qsearch_I(Use Qsearch_I)
erabilit
y
INTERR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

ATCELL 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Whether the 2G-to-3G cell reselection is
RESELE HOBAS GBFD-1 A allowed.
N IC 14302 Interop
erabilit If this parameter is set to YES, the reselection
y from 2G cells to 3G cells is allowed.
GSM/T GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)

D- Unit: None
SCDMA Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Interop
erabilit Default Value: NO(No)
y
INTERR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

ATCELL 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Whether the 2G-to-3G cell reselection is
RESELE HOBAS GBFD-1 A allowed.
N IC 14302 Interop
erabilit If this parameter is set to YES, the reselection
y from 2G cells to 3G cells is allowed.

D- Unit: None
SCDMA Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Interop
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RIMSU BSC690 ADD GBFD-5 eNACC Meaning: Whether to support RAN information
P 0 NSE 11308 Betwee management (RIM). In the RIM procedure,
MOD GBFD-1 n GSM RANs (Radio Access Network) can exchange
NSE 16301 and LTE messages through the core network.
Networ GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
k YES(Support)
Assiste Unit: None
d Cell
Change Actual Value Range: NO, YES
(NACC) Default Value: NO(No Support)
RIMSU BSC691 ADD GBFD-5 eNACC Meaning: Whether to support RAN information
P 0 NSE 11308 Betwee management (RIM). In the RIM procedure,
MOD GBFD-1 n GSM RANs (Radio Access Network) can exchange
NSE 16301 and LTE messages through the core network.
Networ GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
k YES(Support)
Assiste Unit: None
d Cell
Change Actual Value Range: NO, YES
(NACC) Default Value: NO(No Support)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDQO BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

FF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM This parameter specifies one of the thresholds
CUTRA A of the signal level for 3G cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
erabilit A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the
y following conditions are met for five
consecutive seconds:
1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average
receive level of the current serving cell + "FDD
Q offset";
The FDD cell meets the following condition in
the case of any neighboring 2G cell: Receive
level of the FDD cell > Receive level of any
neighboring 2G cell + "FDD Q offset";
2. Ec/No of the FDD cell >= "FDD Qmin" - "FDD
Qmin Offset";
3. Receive level of the FDD cell >= RSCP
Threshold (RSCP Threshold is calculated based
on the value of the "FDDRSCPMIN" parameter.
For details about the calculation, see 3GPP TS
45.008);
If multiple FDD cells meet the preceding
conditions, the MS reselects the cell with the
strongest receive level.
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0: - (always select a cell if acceptable)
1: -28 dB,
2: -24 dB,
...
15: 28 dB.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Negative infinity, -28~28
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDQO BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

FF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM This parameter specifies one of the thresholds
CUTRA A of the signal level for 3G cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0: - (always select a cell if acceptable)
1: -28 dB,
2: -24 dB,
...
15: 28 dB.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Negative infinity, -28~28
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDQ BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

MIN 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM This parameter specifies one of the parameters
CUTRA A for FDD cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0: -20 dB,
1: -6 dB,
2: -18 dB,
3: -8 dB,
4: -16 dB,
5: -10 dB,
6: -14 dB,
7: -12 dB.
Unit: None
-14, -12
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

MIN 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM This parameter specifies one of the parameters
CUTRA A for FDD cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0: -20 dB,
1: -6 dB,
2: -18 dB,
3: -8 dB,
4: -16 dB,
5: -10 dB,
6: -14 dB,
7: -12 dB.
Unit: None
-14, -12
Default Value: 7

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

MINOF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Offset of the minimum threshold for Ec/No
FSET CUTRA A during a FDD cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

MINOF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Offset of the minimum threshold for Ec/No
FSET CUTRA A during a FDD cell reselection.
NSYS Interop
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDRS BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

CPMIN 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum level threshold of UTRAN cell
CUTRA A reselection. During the cell reselection decision
NSYS Interop from a GSM cell to a FDD cell, this parameter is
erabilit used to calculate the RSCP threshold of the
y target cell. A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell
if all the following conditions are met for five
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0 = -114 dBm,
1 = -112 dBm,
2 = -110 dBm,
...
14 = -86 dBm,
15 = -84 dBm.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: -114~-84
Default Value: 6

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDRS BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

CPMIN 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum level threshold of UTRAN cell
CUTRA A reselection. During the cell reselection decision
NSYS Interop from a GSM cell to a FDD cell, this parameter is
erabilit used to calculate the RSCP threshold of the
y target cell. A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell
if all the following conditions are met for five
Q offset";
Qmin Offset";
45.008);
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
0 = -114 dBm,
1 = -112 dBm,
2 = -110 dBm,
...
14 = -86 dBm,
15 = -84 dBm.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: -114~-84
Default Value: 6

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SendP BSC690 SET GBFD-1 2G/3G Meaning:

moWit 0 GCELLR 14323 Cell Whether the BSC sends a PMO message
hQpSw ESELUT Reselec (carrying QP) when it starts to establish the
RANFD tion uplink and downlink TBFs.
D Based
on MS If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), the BSC
State does not send a PMO message.
If this parameter is set to ON(On), the BSC
sends a PMO message.
Unit: None
SendP BSC691 SET GBFD-1 2G/3G Meaning:

moWit 0 GCELLR 14323 Cell Whether the BSC sends a PMO message
hQpSw ESELUT Reselec (carrying QP) when it starts to establish the
RANFD tion uplink and downlink TBFs.
D Based
on MS If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), the BSC
State does not send a PMO message.
If this parameter is set to ON(On), the BSC
sends a PMO message.
Unit: None
CELLSE BSC690 SET GBFD-1 Fast Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to
LECTAF 0 GCELLC 14325 WCDM allow a mobile phone to preferentially camp on
TERCAL CAD A a 3G cell after a call is terminated in the areas
LREL Reselec covered by both the GSM network and the
tion at UMTS network.
2G CS GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
Call
Release Unit: None
Default Value: NO(No)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
CELLSE BSC691 SET GBFD-1 Fast Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to
LECTAF 0 GCELLC 14325 WCDM allow a mobile phone to preferentially camp on
TERCAL CAD A a 3G cell after a call is terminated in the areas
LREL Reselec covered by both the GSM network and the
tion at UMTS network.
2G CS GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
Call
Release Unit: None
FASTRE BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Fast Meaning:

SELECT 0 OTHSO 11312 LTE Whether to forbid fast cell reselection during
SW FTPARA GBFD-1 Reselec location updates.
14325 tion at
2G CS If this parameter is set to YES(Yes), MSs cannot
Call fast reselect neighboring UMTS/TD-SCDMA
Release cells during location updates.
Fast If this parameter is set to NO(No), MSs can fast
WCDM reselect neighboring UMTS/TD-SCDMA cells
A during location updates.
Reselec GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
tion at Unit: None
2G CS
Call Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Release Default Value: YES(Yes)
FASTRE BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Fast Meaning:

SELECT 0 OTHSO 11312 LTE Whether to forbid fast cell reselection during
SW FTPARA GBFD-1 Reselec location updates.
14325 tion at
2G CS If this parameter is set to YES(Yes), MSs cannot
Call fast reselect neighboring UMTS/TD-SCDMA
Release cells during location updates.
Fast If this parameter is set to NO(No), MSs can fast
WCDM reselect neighboring UMTS/TD-SCDMA cells
A during location updates.
Reselec GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
tion at Unit: None
2G CS
Call Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Release Default Value: YES(Yes)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NCO BSC690 SET GBFD-1 Networ Meaning:

0 GCELLP 19107 king Network control mode for cell reselection of an
SBASE Control MS. There are three modes.
Mode
NC0: normal MS control. The MS automatically
performs a cell reselection.
NC1: MS control with measurement reports.
The MS sends measurement reports to the BSC
and automatically performs a cell reselection.
NC2: network-controlled cell reselection. The
MS sends measurement reports to the BSC, and
the BSC determines whether to perform a cell
reselection. The MS automatically performs a
cell reselection when the downlink signaling
fails to be sent, the random access fails, the
access to the cell is prohibited, or C1 is less
than 0.
The network-controlled cell reselection takes
effect only if this parameter is set to NC2 and
"Support NC2" in the "SET GCELLGPRS"
command is set to YES.
GUI Value Range: NC0(NC0), NC1(NC1),
NC2(NC2)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NC0, NC1, NC2
Default Value: NC0(NC0)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NCO BSC691 SET GBFD-1 Networ Meaning:

0 GCELLP 19107 king Network control mode for cell reselection of an
SBASE Control MS. There are three modes.
Mode
NC0: normal MS control. The MS automatically
performs a cell reselection.
NC1: MS control with measurement reports.
The MS sends measurement reports to the BSC
and automatically performs a cell reselection.
NC2: network-controlled cell reselection. The
MS sends measurement reports to the BSC, and
the BSC determines whether to perform a cell
reselection. The MS automatically performs a
cell reselection when the downlink signaling
fails to be sent, the random access fails, the
access to the cell is prohibited, or C1 is less
than 0.
The network-controlled cell reselection takes
effect only if this parameter is set to NC2 and
"Support NC2" in the "SET GCELLGPRS"
command is set to YES.
GUI Value Range: NC0(NC0), NC1(NC1),
NC2(NC2)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NC0, NC1, NC2
Default Value: NC0(NC0)
FDDFR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Number of UTRAN FDD cells that
EQCNU 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM should be included in measurement report
M CUTRA A GUI Value Range: 0~3
NSYS Interop
erabilit Unit: None
Default Value: 2
FDDFR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Number of UTRAN FDD cells that
EQCNU 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM should be included in measurement report
M CUTRA A GUI Value Range: 0~3
NSYS Interop
erabilit Unit: None
Default Value: 2

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDCE BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

LLOFF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Offset of a FDD cell report.
CUTRA A
NSYS Interop When the priority of a 3G cell is sequenced, the
erabilit value of this parameter be added to the receive
y level of the 3G cell in the measurement report.
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB
Unit: 6dB
Default Value: 0

LLOFF 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Offset of a FDD cell report.
CUTRA A
NSYS Interop When the priority of a 3G cell is sequenced, the
erabilit value of this parameter be added to the receive
y level of the 3G cell in the measurement report.
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB
Unit: 6dB
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

LLTHRE 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Threshold of a FDD cell report.
D CUTRA A
NSYS Interop When the receive level value in the
erabilit measurement report of a 3G cell exceeds the
y value of this parameter, the measurement
report takes effect. After the valid
measurement report is filtered, the 3G cell joins
the cell priority sequence.
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity
Unit: 6dB
Actual Value Range: 0~36, Positive infinity
Default Value: 0

LLTHRE 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Threshold of a FDD cell report.
D CUTRA A
NSYS Interop When the receive level value in the
erabilit measurement report of a 3G cell exceeds the
y value of this parameter, the measurement
report takes effect. After the valid
measurement report is filtered, the 3G cell joins
the cell priority sequence.
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity
Unit: 6dB
Actual Value Range: 0~36, Positive infinity
Default Value: 0

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PENALT BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: When the cell reselection failure
YRXLEV 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM message is received or the load cell reselection
NC2PA GBFD-5 A is initiated, the "Cell Penalty Level" is
RA 11310 Interop subtracted from the receive level of the target
erabilit cell to avoid that cell reselection failure occurs
GBFD-5 y repeatedly or that multiple MSs are reselected
11303 to the same target cell. This parameter is valid
Multi
GBFD-5 only within "Cell Penalty Duration".
Technol
11302 GUI Value Range: 0~63
ogy
GBFD-5 Neighb Unit: None
11306 our Cell
GBFD-1 Based
16201 Handov Default Value: 30
er
GBFD-5
11304 PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Quality
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PENALT BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: When the cell reselection failure
YRXLEV 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM message is received or the load cell reselection
NC2PA GBFD-5 A is initiated, the "Cell Penalty Level" is
RA 11310 Interop subtracted from the receive level of the target
erabilit cell to avoid that cell reselection failure occurs
GBFD-5 y repeatedly or that multiple MSs are reselected
11303 to the same target cell. This parameter is valid
Multi
GBFD-5 only within "Cell Penalty Duration".
Technol
11302 GUI Value Range: 0~63
ogy
GBFD-5 Neighb Unit: None
11306 our Cell
GBFD-1 Based
16201 Handov Default Value: 30
er
GBFD-5
11304 PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Quality
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load
TrafficR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow the cell service
eselAllo 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM reselection. When this parameter is set to
w NC2PA GBFD-5 A "PERMIT", the Radio Access Technology (RAT)
RA 11307 Interop of the candidate cell is considered in the
erabilit algorithm for cell service reselection.
GBFD-5 y
11306 GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
eNC2 PERMIT(Permit)
GBFD-1 Betwee
16201 Unit: None
n GSM
and LTE Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
GSM/LT Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)

E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
TrafficR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow the cell service
eselAllo 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM reselection. When this parameter is set to
w NC2PA GBFD-5 A "PERMIT", the Radio Access Technology (RAT)
RA 11307 Interop of the candidate cell is considered in the
erabilit algorithm for cell service reselection.
GBFD-5 y
11306 GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
eNC2 PERMIT(Permit)
GBFD-1 Betwee
16201 Unit: None
n GSM
and LTE Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
GSM/LT Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)

E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
URGEN BSC690 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning: Whether to allow cell urgent

TRESEL 0 GCELL 11303 Handov reselection. When the number of measurement
ALLOW NC2PA GBFD-1 er reports about transmission quality in the
RA 14301 Betwee downlink Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message
n GSM is equal to or larger than
GBFD-5 and LTE "MSRXQUALSTATTHRSH" and the number of
11307 Based times when the MS downlink transmission
GBFD-1 on quality is lower than the MS transmission
16201 Quality quality threshold is equal to or larger than
GSM/ "CELLRXQUALWORSENRATIOTHRSH", the cell
WCDM reselection is an urgent cell reselection. If this
A parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit) and "NC2
Interop Load Reselection Switch" is set to
erabilit SUPPORT(Support), the load of the target cell
y serves as a parameter when you attempt to
enable the load-based cell reselection
eNC2 algorithm.
Betwee
n GSM GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
and LTE PERMIT(Permit)
Networ Unit: None
k- Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
Control Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
URGEN BSC691 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning: Whether to allow cell urgent

TRESEL 0 GCELL 11303 Handov reselection. When the number of measurement
ALLOW NC2PA GBFD-1 er reports about transmission quality in the
RA 14301 Betwee downlink Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message
n GSM is equal to or larger than
GBFD-5 and LTE "MSRXQUALSTATTHRSH" and the number of
11307 Based times when the MS downlink transmission
GBFD-1 on quality is lower than the MS transmission
16201 Quality quality threshold is equal to or larger than
GSM/ "CELLRXQUALWORSENRATIOTHRSH", the cell
WCDM reselection is an urgent cell reselection. If this
A parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit) and "NC2
Interop Load Reselection Switch" is set to
erabilit SUPPORT(Support), the load of the target cell
y serves as a parameter when you attempt to
eNC2 algorithm.
Betwee
n GSM GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
and LTE PERMIT(Permit)
Networ Unit: None
k- Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
Control Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
CELLRX BSC690 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning: Proportion threshold of transmissions

QUAL 0 GCELL 11303 Handov with poor quality. This parameter is used in the
WORSE NC2PA GBFD-1 er case of emergency cell reselection. The BSC
NRATI RA 14301 Betwee accumulates the number of times that the
OTHRS n GSM downlink transmission quality of an MS is lower
H GBFD-5 and LTE than the transmission quality threshold of the
11307 Based MS (including GPRS Quality Threshold, EDGE
GBFD-1 on GMSK Quality Threshold, and EDGE 8PSK
16201 Quality Quality Threshold). When the proportion of the
GSM/ accumulated number of transmissions with
WCDM poor quality to the number of received
A downlink transmission quality measurement
Interop reports is greater than or equal to the threshold
erabilit specified by this parameter, the BSC triggers an
y emergency cell reselection.
eNC2 GUI Value Range: 0~100
Betwee Unit: %
n GSM Actual Value Range: 0~100
and LTE
Default Value: 30
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
CELLRX BSC691 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning: Proportion threshold of transmissions

QUAL 0 GCELL 11303 Handov with poor quality. This parameter is used in the
WORSE NC2PA GBFD-1 er case of emergency cell reselection. The BSC
NRATI RA 14301 Betwee accumulates the number of times that the
OTHRS n GSM downlink transmission quality of an MS is lower
H GBFD-5 and LTE than the transmission quality threshold of the
11307 Based MS (including GPRS Quality Threshold, EDGE
GBFD-1 on GMSK Quality Threshold, and EDGE 8PSK
16201 Quality Quality Threshold). When the proportion of the
GSM/ accumulated number of transmissions with
WCDM poor quality to the number of received
A downlink transmission quality measurement
Interop reports is greater than or equal to the threshold
erabilit specified by this parameter, the BSC triggers an
y emergency cell reselection.
Betwee Unit: %
n GSM Actual Value Range: 0~100
and LTE
Default Value: 30
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
NC2Lo BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to involve the load of the
adResel 0 BSCPSS 14301 WCDM target cell in the algorithm for NC2 cell
OFTPA GBFD-1 A reselection. If this parameter is set to Support,
RA 16201 Interop the load of the target cell is involved in the
erabilit algorithm for NC2 cell reselection.
y GUI Value Range: NotSupport(Not Support),
Networ Support(Support)
k- Unit: None
Control
led Cell Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Reselec Default Value: NotSupport(Not Support)
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NC2Lo BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to involve the load of the
adResel 0 BSCPSS 14301 WCDM target cell in the algorithm for NC2 cell
OFTPA GBFD-1 A reselection. If this parameter is set to Support,
RA 16201 Interop the load of the target cell is involved in the
erabilit algorithm for NC2 cell reselection.
y GUI Value Range: NotSupport(Not Support),
Networ Support(Support)
k- Unit: None
Control
led Cell Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Reselec Default Value: NotSupport(Not Support)
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
MINAC BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum receive level for a
CRXLEV 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM neighboring cell to become a candidate cell
NC2PA GBFD-5 A during cell reselection. In addition, the
RA 11303 Interop parameter value is used to calculate the times
erabilit of occurrences of bad normal cell reselection
GBFD-5 y level. When the receive level of the serving cell
11302 is lower than the value of this parameter, the
PS
GBFD-5 Handov normal cell reselection level is bad.
11307 er GUI Value Range: 0~63
GBFD-5 Betwee Unit: None
11306 n GSM
and LTE Actual Value Range: 0~63
GBFD-1
16201 Based Default Value: 15
on
GBFD-5
Quality
11304
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
eNC2
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
MINAC BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum receive level for a
CRXLEV 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM neighboring cell to become a candidate cell
NC2PA GBFD-5 A during cell reselection. In addition, the
RA 11303 Interop parameter value is used to calculate the times
erabilit of occurrences of bad normal cell reselection
GBFD-5 y level. When the receive level of the serving cell
11302 is lower than the value of this parameter, the
PS
GBFD-5 Handov normal cell reselection level is bad.
11307 er GUI Value Range: 0~63
GBFD-5 Betwee Unit: None
11306 n GSM
GBFD-1
16201 Based Default Value: 15
on
GBFD-5
Quality
11304
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
eNC2
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESELH BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Multi Meaning: Indicating that during cell reselection,
YST 0 GCELL 11310 Technol the level of the target cell should meet the
NC2PA GBFD-5 ogy following condition: Level of target cell > [MAX
RA 11303 Neighb (level of serving cell, "Cell Reselection Level
our Cell Threshold") + "Cell Reselection Hysteresis"]. In
GBFD-5 Based this way, ping-pong handovers do not occur.
11302 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~63
GBFD-5 er
11306 Unit: None
PS
GBFD-1 Actual Value Range: 0~63
Handov
16201 er Default Value: 6
GBFD-5 Betwee
11304 n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Quality
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESELH BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Multi Meaning: Indicating that during cell reselection,
YST 0 GCELL 11310 Technol the level of the target cell should meet the
NC2PA GBFD-5 ogy following condition: Level of target cell > [MAX
RA 11303 Neighb (level of serving cell, "Cell Reselection Level
our Cell Threshold") + "Cell Reselection Hysteresis"]. In
GBFD-5 Based this way, ping-pong handovers do not occur.
11302 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~63
GBFD-5 er
11306 Unit: None
PS
GBFD-1 Actual Value Range: 0~63
Handov
16201 er Default Value: 6
GBFD-5 Betwee
11304 n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Quality
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
GSM/LT
E
Service
Based
PS
Handov
er
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
Based
on Cell
Load
FDDRS BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum RSCP of the 3G FDD cell
CPQUA 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM candidate
LTHRS GCELL A GUI Value Range: 0~63
H MOD Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
Default Value: 10
FDDRS BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Minimum RSCP of the 3G FDD cell
CPQUA 0 GEXT3 14301 WCDM candidate
LTHRS GCELL A GUI Value Range: 0~63
H MOD Interop
erabilit Unit: None
GEXT3
Default Value: 10
LOADR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow load-based cell
ESELAL 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM reselection. When the uplink load or downlink
LOW NC2PA GBFD-5 A load is greater than "LOADRESELSTARTTHRSH"
RA 11307 Interop and the level is smaller than
erabilit "LOADRESELMAXRXLEV" in a service cell, the
GBFD-1 y cell reselection is a load reselection. If this
16201 parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit) and "NC2
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Load Reselection Switch" is set to
11304 n GSM Support(Support), the load of the target cell
and LTE serves as a parameter when you attempt to
Networ algorithm.
k-
Control GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
led Cell PERMIT(Permit)
Reselec Unit: None
tion Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
(NC2)
Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LOADR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow load-based cell
ESELAL 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM reselection. When the uplink load or downlink
LOW NC2PA GBFD-5 A load is greater than "LOADRESELSTARTTHRSH"
RA 11307 Interop and the level is smaller than
erabilit "LOADRESELMAXRXLEV" in a service cell, the
GBFD-1 y cell reselection is a load reselection. If this
16201 parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit) and "NC2
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Load Reselection Switch" is set to
11304 n GSM Support(Support), the load of the target cell
and LTE serves as a parameter when you attempt to
Networ algorithm.
k-
Control GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
led Cell PERMIT(Permit)
Reselec Unit: None
tion Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
(NC2)
Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LOADR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Threshold for reselecting a cell .
ESELM 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM When the receive level of the serving cell is
AXRXLE NC2PA GBFD-5 A lower than this threshold, the load reselection
V RA 11307 Interop is triggered.
GBFD-1 y
16201 Unit: None
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Actual Value Range: 0~63
11304 n GSM Default Value: 40
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LOADR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Threshold for reselecting a cell .
ESELM 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM When the receive level of the serving cell is
AXRXLE NC2PA GBFD-5 A lower than this threshold, the load reselection
V RA 11307 Interop is triggered.
GBFD-1 y
16201 Unit: None
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Actual Value Range: 0~63
11304 n GSM Default Value: 40
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LOADR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: When the uplink load or downlink
ESELST 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM load of the cell exceeds this threshold, the load
ARTTH NC2PA GBFD-5 A reselection decision is made.
RSH RA 11307 Interop GUI Value Range: 0~100
erabilit
GBFD-1 y Unit: %
16201 Actual Value Range: 0~100
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Default Value: 85
11304 n GSM
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LOADR BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: When the uplink load or downlink
ESELST 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM load of the cell exceeds this threshold, the load
ARTTH NC2PA GBFD-5 A reselection decision is made.
RSH RA 11307 Interop GUI Value Range: 0~100
erabilit
GBFD-1 y Unit: %
16201 Actual Value Range: 0~100
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee Default Value: 85
11304 n GSM
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on Cell
Load

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NORM BSC690 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning:

ALRESE 0 GCELL 11302 Handov Whether to allow a normal cell reselection. A
LALLO NC2PA GBFD-5 er normal cell reselection is triggered when both
W RA 11307 Betwee of the following conditions are met:
n GSM
GBFD-1 and LTE The number of times the BSC consecutively
16201 Based measures the receive level of a serving cell in a
GBFD-1 on Packet Measurement Report message is greater
14301 Covera than or equal to the value of
ge "RESELWATCHPERIOD".
eNC2 The number of times the receive level of a

Betwee serving cell is lower than the level specified by
n GSM "MINACCRXLEV" is greater than the value of
and LTE "RESELWORSENLEVTHRSH".
Networ When this parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit)

k- and "NC2LoadResel" is set to Support(Support),
Control the BSC considers cell load as a parameter
led Cell when determining the target cell among all
Reselec candidate cells during a normal cell reselection.
tion GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
(NC2) PERMIT(Permit)
GSM/ Unit: None
WCDM Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
A
Interop Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NORM BSC691 SET GBFD-5 PS Meaning:

ALRESE 0 GCELL 11302 Handov Whether to allow a normal cell reselection. A
LALLO NC2PA GBFD-5 er normal cell reselection is triggered when both
W RA 11307 Betwee of the following conditions are met:
n GSM
GBFD-1 and LTE The number of times the BSC consecutively
16201 Based measures the receive level of a serving cell in a
GBFD-1 on Packet Measurement Report message is greater
14301 Covera than or equal to the value of
ge "RESELWATCHPERIOD".
eNC2 The number of times the receive level of a

Betwee serving cell is lower than the level specified by
n GSM "MINACCRXLEV" is greater than the value of
and LTE "RESELWORSENLEVTHRSH".
Networ When this parameter is set to PERMIT(Permit)

k- and "NC2LoadResel" is set to Support(Support),
Control the BSC considers cell load as a parameter
led Cell when determining the target cell among all
Reselec candidate cells during a normal cell reselection.
tion GUI Value Range: FORBID(Forbid),
(NC2) PERMIT(Permit)
GSM/ Unit: None
WCDM Actual Value Range: FORBID, PERMIT
A
Interop Default Value: PERMIT(Permit)
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESEL BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: The number of received Packet
WATCH 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Measurement Report messages on the receive
PERIOD NC2PA GBFD-5 A level of the serving cell is measured
RA 11307 Interop continuously. When the statistical value is
erabilit greater than or equal to the value of this
GBFD-1 y parameter, the normal reselection decision is
16201 made.
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee GUI Value Range: 1~32
11302 n GSM Unit: None
and LTE
Networ
k- Default Value: 10
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESEL BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: The number of received Packet
WATCH 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Measurement Report messages on the receive
PERIOD NC2PA GBFD-5 A level of the serving cell is measured
RA 11307 Interop continuously. When the statistical value is
erabilit greater than or equal to the value of this
GBFD-1 y parameter, the normal reselection decision is
16201 made.
eNC2
GBFD-5 Betwee GUI Value Range: 1~32
11302 n GSM Unit: None
and LTE
Networ
k- Default Value: 10
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESEL BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: If the number of times when the
WORSE 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM receive level of the serving cell within "Normal
NLEVT NC2PA GBFD-5 A Cell Reselection Watch Period" is lower than
HRSH RA 11307 Interop "Cell Reselection Level Threshold" is greater
erabilit than the value of this parameter, the normal
GBFD-1 y cell reselection is triggered.
16201
GBFD-5 Betwee
11302 Unit: None
n GSM
Networ Default Value: 1

k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RESEL BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: If the number of times when the
WORSE 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM receive level of the serving cell within "Normal
NLEVT NC2PA GBFD-5 A Cell Reselection Watch Period" is lower than
HRSH RA 11307 Interop "Cell Reselection Level Threshold" is greater
erabilit than the value of this parameter, the normal
GBFD-1 y cell reselection is triggered.
16201
GBFD-5 Betwee
11302 Unit: None
n GSM
Networ Default Value: 1

k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PS
Handov
er
Betwee
n GSM
and LTE
Based
on
Covera
ge
INPUT3 BSC690 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning:

GARFC 0 GCELL3 11110 support Whether 3G ARFCN input at the cell level is
NEN GARFC ing supported. The BSC sends MSs the specified 3G
N Blind ARFCNs in system information in the serving
Search cell to perform 2G/3G cell reselection when all
the following conditions are met:
1. The serving cell is not configured with any
neighboring 3G cells. Alternatively, the serving
cell is configured with neighboring 3G cells but
"N3GARFCNSENDTYPE" is set to 3GARFCN.
2. "INTERRATCELLRESELEN" in the "SET
GCELLHOBASIC" command is set to YES.
3. This parameter is set to YES.
GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

GARFC 0 GCELL3 11110 support Whether 3G ARFCN input at the cell level is
NEN GARFC ing supported. The BSC sends MSs the specified 3G
N Blind ARFCNs in system information in the serving
Search cell to perform 2G/3G cell reselection when all
the following conditions are met:
1. The serving cell is not configured with any
neighboring 3G cells. Alternatively, the serving
cell is configured with neighboring 3G cells but
GCELLHOBASIC" command is set to YES.
Unit: None

GARFC 0 G3GAR 11110 support Whether 3G ARFCN input at the BSC level is
NEN FCN ing supported. The BSC sends MSs the specified 3G
Blind ARFCNs in system information in cells to
Search perform 2G/3G cell reselection when all the
following conditions are met:
1. The cells are not configured with any
neighboring 3G cells. Alternatively, the cells are
configured with neighboring 3G cells but
GCELLHOBASIC" command is set to YES,
"INPUT3GARFCNEN" in the "SET
GCELL3GARFCN" command is set to YES, and
3G ARFCNs are not configured in the "SET
GCELL3GARFCN" command.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

GARFC 0 G3GAR 11110 support Whether 3G ARFCN input at the BSC level is
NEN FCN ing supported. The BSC sends MSs the specified 3G
Blind ARFCNs in system information in cells to
Search perform 2G/3G cell reselection when all the
following conditions are met:
1. The cells are not configured with any
neighboring 3G cells. Alternatively, the cells are
configured with neighboring 3G cells but
GCELLHOBASIC" command is set to YES,
"INPUT3GARFCNEN" in the "SET
GCELL3GARFCN" command is set to YES, and
3G ARFCNs are not configured in the "SET
GCELL3GARFCN" command.
Unit: None
N3GAR BSC690 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning: Whether the specified 3G ARFCNs or
FCNSE 0 GCELL3 11110 support user-configured neighboring 3G cells are used
NDTYP GARFC ing to perform 2G-to-3G cell reselection in the
E N Blind serving cell if the serving cell is configured with
Search neighboring 3G cells and is enabled with 2G-
to-3G cell reselection. If this parameter is set to
3GNCELL, the BSC sends MSs the configured
neighboring 3G cells in 2Quater system
information (SI), and the neighboring 3G cell
information is used to perform 2G-to-3G cell
reselection. If this parameter is set to 3GARFCN,
the BSC sends MSs the configured 3G ARFCNs
in 2Quater SI, and the 3G ARFCN information is
used to perform 2G-to-3G cell reselection.
GUI Value Range: 3GNCELL(3G Neighbor Cell),
3GARFCN(3G ARFCN)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 3GNCELL, 3GARFCN
Default Value: 3GARFCN(3G ARFCN)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
N3GAR BSC691 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning: Whether the specified 3G ARFCNs or
FCNSE 0 GCELL3 11110 support user-configured neighboring 3G cells are used
NDTYP GARFC ing to perform 2G-to-3G cell reselection in the
E N Blind serving cell if the serving cell is configured with
Search neighboring 3G cells and is enabled with 2G-
to-3G cell reselection. If this parameter is set to
3GNCELL, the BSC sends MSs the configured
neighboring 3G cells in 2Quater system
information (SI), and the neighboring 3G cell
information is used to perform 2G-to-3G cell
reselection. If this parameter is set to 3GARFCN,
the BSC sends MSs the configured 3G ARFCNs
in 2Quater SI, and the 3G ARFCN information is
used to perform 2G-to-3G cell reselection.
GUI Value Range: 3GNCELL(3G Neighbor Cell),
3GARFCN(3G ARFCN)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 3GNCELL, 3GARFCN
Default Value: 3GARFCN(3G ARFCN)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
INTERR BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow a handover from a
ATINBS 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM 3G cell to a 2G cell. If this parameter is set to
CHOEN HOBAS GBFD-1 A NO, inter-RAT incoming BSC handovers fail. If
IC 14302 Interop the Iur-g interface is enabled, the "Csishostate"
erabilit IE is DISABLED in the common measurement
GBFD-5 y message reported to a different system.
11103
GBFD-5 D-
11402 Unit: None
SCDMA
Interop Actual Value Range: NO, YES
y
GSM
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g
Radio
Resourc
e
Reserve
d
Handov
er
Betwee
n
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ATINBS 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM 3G cell to a 2G cell. If this parameter is set to
CHOEN HOBAS GBFD-1 A NO, inter-RAT incoming BSC handovers fail. If
IC 14302 Interop the Iur-g interface is enabled, the "Csishostate"
erabilit IE is DISABLED in the common measurement
GBFD-5 y message reported to a different system.
11103
GBFD-5 D-
11402 Unit: None
SCDMA
Interop Actual Value Range: NO, YES
y
GSM
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g
Radio
Resourc
e
Reserve
d
Handov
er
Betwee
n
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ATOUT 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM 2G cell to a 3G cell. If this parameter is set to
BSCHO HOBAS GBFD-1 A Load NO, inter-RAT outgoing BSC handovers or inter-
EN IC 14301 Based RAT directed retries cannot be initiated.
Handov GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
GBFD-1 er
14302 Unit: None
GSM/
GBFD-5 WCDM Actual Value Range: NO, YES
11103 A Default Value: NO(No)
GBFD-5 Interop
11402 erabilit
y
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
GSM
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g
Radio
Resourc
e
Reserve
d
Handov
er
Betwee
n
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ATOUT 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM 2G cell to a 3G cell. If this parameter is set to
BSCHO HOBAS GBFD-1 A Load NO, inter-RAT outgoing BSC handovers or inter-
EN IC 14301 Based RAT directed retries cannot be initiated.
Handov GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
GBFD-1 er
14302 Unit: None
GSM/
GBFD-5 WCDM Actual Value Range: NO, YES
11103 A Default Value: NO(No)
GBFD-5 Interop
11402 erabilit
y
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
GSM
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g
Radio
Resourc
e
Reserve
d
Handov
er
Betwee
n
GSM/T
D-
SCDMA
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOOPT BSC690 SET GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: This parameter specifies whether a
SEL 0 GCELL 10601 EI I 2G cell or to a 3G cell is preferentially selected
HOUTR GBFD-1 Handov as the target cell for handover. When this
ANFDD 14301 er parameter is set to Pre_2G_Cell, the BSC
GSM/ preferentially selects a 2G candidate cell as the
GBFD-1 target cell for handover. When this parameter is
14302 WCDM
A set to Pre_3G_Cell, the BSC preferentially selects
GBFD-5 Interop a 3G candidate cell as the target cell for
10501 erabilit handover. When this parameter is set to
y Pre_2G_CellThres, the BSC preferentially selects
a neighboring 3G cell as the handover target
GSM/T cell if the receive level of the neighboring 2G
D- cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list
SCDMA is equal to or smaller than "HO Preference
Interop Threshold for 2G Cell". Otherwise, the BSC
erabilit preferentially selects a neighboring 2G cell as
y the handover target cell.
HUAW GUI Value Range: Pre_2G_Cell(Preference for
EI II 2G cell), Pre_3G_Cell(Preference for 3G cell),
Handov Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference 2G cell by thresh)
er
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Pre_2G_Cell, Pre_3G_Cell,
Pre_2G_CellThres
Default Value: Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference 2G
cell by thresh)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOOPT BSC691 SET GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: This parameter specifies whether a
SEL 0 GCELL 10601 EI I 2G cell or to a 3G cell is preferentially selected
HOUTR GBFD-1 Handov as the target cell for handover. When this
ANFDD 14301 er parameter is set to Pre_2G_Cell, the BSC
GSM/ preferentially selects a 2G candidate cell as the
GBFD-1 target cell for handover. When this parameter is
14302 WCDM
A set to Pre_3G_Cell, the BSC preferentially selects
GBFD-5 Interop a 3G candidate cell as the target cell for
10501 erabilit handover. When this parameter is set to
y Pre_2G_CellThres, the BSC preferentially selects
a neighboring 3G cell as the handover target
GSM/T cell if the receive level of the neighboring 2G
D- cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list
SCDMA is equal to or smaller than "HO Preference
Interop Threshold for 2G Cell". Otherwise, the BSC
erabilit preferentially selects a neighboring 2G cell as
y the handover target cell.
HUAW GUI Value Range: Pre_2G_Cell(Preference for
EI II 2G cell), Pre_3G_Cell(Preference for 3G cell),
Handov Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference 2G cell by thresh)
er
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Pre_2G_Cell, Pre_3G_Cell,
Pre_2G_CellThres
Default Value: Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference 2G
cell by thresh)
HOPRE BSC690 SET GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: If the receive level of the neighboring
TH2G 0 GCELL 10601 EI I 2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell
HOUTR GBFD-1 Handov list is equal to or smaller than this threshold,
ANFDD 14301 er the BSC preferentially selects a neighboring 3G
GSM/ cell as the handover target cell. Otherwise, the
GBFD-1 BSC preferentially selects a neighboring 2G cell
14302 WCDM
A as the handover target cell.
GBFD-5 Interop GUI Value Range: 0~63
10501 erabilit Unit: dB
y
GSM/T
D- Default Value: 25
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
HUAW
EI II
Handov
er

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOPRE BSC691 SET GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: If the receive level of the neighboring
TH2G 0 GCELL 10601 EI I 2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell
HOUTR GBFD-1 Handov list is equal to or smaller than this threshold,
ANFDD 14301 er the BSC preferentially selects a neighboring 3G
GSM/ cell as the handover target cell. Otherwise, the
GBFD-1 BSC preferentially selects a neighboring 2G cell
14302 WCDM
A as the handover target cell.
GBFD-5 Interop GUI Value Range: 0~63
10501 erabilit Unit: dB
y
GSM/T
D- Default Value: 25
SCDMA
Interop
erabilit
y
HUAW
EI II
Handov
er
OpHOP BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Threshold for the receive level of
reTh2G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM candidate neighboring 2G cells in an MOCN-
MOCNI GBFD-1 A enabled cell. When the highest receive level of
NTERR 18702 Interop candidate neighboring 2G cells in the
AT erabilit neighboring cell list is less than or equal to the
GBFD-1 y value of this parameter, MSs in the MOCN-
MOD 60212
GCELL MOCN enabled cell are preferentially handed over to
MOCNI Shared neighboring 3G cells. Otherwise, MSs in the
NTERR Cell MOCN-enabled cell are preferentially handed
AT over to neighboring 2G cells. This parameter
MOCN can be configured for a specific operator.
II
Unit: dB
Default Value: 25

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpHOP BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Threshold for the receive level of
reTh2G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM candidate neighboring 2G cells in an MOCN-
MOCNI GBFD-1 A enabled cell. When the highest receive level of
NTERR 18702 Interop candidate neighboring 2G cells in the
AT erabilit neighboring cell list is less than or equal to the
GBFD-1 y value of this parameter, MSs in the MOCN-
MOD 60212
GCELL MOCN enabled cell are preferentially handed over to
MOCNI Shared neighboring 3G cells. Otherwise, MSs in the
NTERR Cell MOCN-enabled cell are preferentially handed
AT over to neighboring 2G cells. This parameter
MOCN can be configured for a specific operator.
II
Unit: dB
Default Value: 25
MOCNI BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Switch for controlling the
nterRat 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM interoperability policy used between operators
PolicyS MOCN GBFD-1 A in an MOCN-enabled cell. When this parameter
w 18702 Interop is set to ON, inter-operator interoperability is
erabilit performed in an MOCN-enabled cell based on
GBFD-1 y the parameter settings in the
60212 GCELLMOCNINTERRAT MO. When this
MOCN
Shared parameter is set to OFF, inter-operator
Cell interoperability is performed in an MOCN-
enabled cell based on the parameter settings in
MOCN cell-level commands, such as "SET
II GCELLHOUTRANFDD".
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
MOCNI BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Switch for controlling the
nterRat 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM interoperability policy used between operators
PolicyS MOCN GBFD-1 A in an MOCN-enabled cell. When this parameter
w 18702 Interop is set to ON, inter-operator interoperability is
erabilit performed in an MOCN-enabled cell based on
GBFD-1 y the parameter settings in the
60212 GCELLMOCNINTERRAT MO. When this
MOCN
Shared parameter is set to OFF, inter-operator
Cell interoperability is performed in an MOCN-
enabled cell based on the parameter settings in
MOCN cell-level commands, such as "SET
II GCELLHOUTRANFDD".
Unit: None
BET3G BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to enable the 3G better cell
HOEN 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM handover algorithm. If this parameter is set to
HOUTR GBFD-1 A YES, a better cell handover to a 3G neighboring
ANFDD 14302 Interop cell is allowed.
erabilit GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
y
Unit: None
GSM/T
D- Actual Value Range: NO, YES
SCDMA Default Value: NO(No)
Interop
erabilit
y
BET3G BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to enable the 3G better cell
HOEN 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM handover algorithm. If this parameter is set to
HOUTR GBFD-1 A YES, a better cell handover to a 3G neighboring
ANFDD 14302 Interop cell is allowed.
erabilit GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
y
Unit: None
GSM/T
D- Actual Value Range: NO, YES
SCDMA Default Value: NO(No)
Interop
erabilit
y

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpBet3 BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow MSs of an operator
GHOEn 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM in an MOCN-enabled cell to perform better 3G
MOCNI GBFD-1 A cell handovers. This parameter can be
NTERR 18702 Interop configured for a specific operator. When this
AT erabilit parameter is set to YES, better 3G cell
GBFD-1 y handovers can be triggered for MSs of the
MOD 60212
GCELL MOCN operator. When this parameter is set to NO,
MOCNI Shared better 3G cell handovers can not be triggered
NTERR Cell for MSs of the operator.
AT MOCN GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
II Unit: None
OpBet3 BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow MSs of an operator
GHOEn 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM in an MOCN-enabled cell to perform better 3G
MOCNI GBFD-1 A cell handovers. This parameter can be
NTERR 18702 Interop configured for a specific operator. When this
AT erabilit parameter is set to YES, better 3G cell
GBFD-1 y handovers can be triggered for MSs of the
MOD 60212
GCELL MOCN operator. When this parameter is set to NO,
MOCNI Shared better 3G cell handovers can not be triggered
NTERR Cell for MSs of the operator.
AT MOCN GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
II Unit: None
FDDRE BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies whether
P 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Ec/No or RSCP is used for the measurement
CUTRA A report on an FDD cell. Ec/No stands for the
NSYS Interop signal-to-noise ratio. RSCP stands for the
erabilit received signal code power.
y GUI Value Range: RSCP(RSCP), EcNo(Ec/No)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSCP, EcNo
Default Value: EcNo(Ec/No)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
FDDRE BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: This parameter specifies whether
P 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Ec/No or RSCP is used for the measurement
CUTRA A report on an FDD cell. Ec/No stands for the
NSYS Interop signal-to-noise ratio. RSCP stands for the
erabilit received signal code power.
y GUI Value Range: RSCP(RSCP), EcNo(Ec/No)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSCP, EcNo
Default Value: EcNo(Ec/No)
HOSTA BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Period during which handovers to a
T3G 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM better 3G cell are measured if neighboring 3G
ELL A cells are FDD cells. According to the P/N rule,
MOD Interop handovers to a better 3G cell can be triggered
G3GNC erabilit when the conditions for handovers to a better
ELL y 3G cell are met for P out of N MRs . This
parameter specifies N in the P/N rule.
Unit: 480ms
Default Value: 10
HOSTA BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Period during which handovers to a
T3G 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM better 3G cell are measured if neighboring 3G
ELL A cells are FDD cells. According to the P/N rule,
MOD Interop handovers to a better 3G cell can be triggered
G3GNC erabilit when the conditions for handovers to a better
ELL y 3G cell are met for P out of N MRs . This
parameter specifies N in the P/N rule.
Unit: 480ms
Default Value: 10

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HODU BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Period during which the conditions
RT3G 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM for handovers to a better 3G cell are met if
ELL A neighboring 3G cells are FDD cells. According to
MOD Interop the P/N rule, handovers to a better 3G cell can
G3GNC erabilit be triggered when the conditions for handovers
ELL y to a better 3G cell are met for P out of N MRs.
This parameter specifies P in the P/N rule.
Unit: 480ms
Default Value: 8
HODU BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Period during which the conditions
RT3G 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM for handovers to a better 3G cell are met if
ELL A neighboring 3G cells are FDD cells. According to
MOD Interop the P/N rule, handovers to a better 3G cell can
G3GNC erabilit be triggered when the conditions for handovers
ELL y to a better 3G cell are met for P out of N MRs.
This parameter specifies P in the P/N rule.
Unit: 480ms
Default Value: 8

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HORSC BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

PTH3G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Level threshold for triggering a better cell
HOUTR GBFD-1 A handover to a 3G neighboring cell.
ANFDD 14302 Interop
erabilit A better cell handover to a 3G neighboring cell
y can be triggered only if the measured RSCP of a
3G neighboring cell is greater than the sum of
GSM/T this parameter and "RSCPOFF" in the "ADD
D- G3GNCELL" command for the 3G neighboring
SCDMA cell for a period of time.
Interop
erabilit The decibel value corresponding to the
y parameter values are as follows: (For details,
see the 3GPP TS 45.008 protocol.):
0: CPICH RSCP < -115 dBm
1: -115 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -114 dBm
...
63: -53 dBm <= CPICH RSCP.
Unit: None
Default Value: 50

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HORSC BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

PTH3G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Level threshold for triggering a better cell
HOUTR GBFD-1 A handover to a 3G neighboring cell.
ANFDD 14302 Interop
erabilit A better cell handover to a 3G neighboring cell
y can be triggered only if the measured RSCP of a
3G neighboring cell is greater than the sum of
GSM/T this parameter and "RSCPOFF" in the "ADD
D- G3GNCELL" command for the 3G neighboring
SCDMA cell for a period of time.
Interop
erabilit The decibel value corresponding to the
y parameter values are as follows: (For details,
...
Unit: None
Default Value: 50

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RSCPO BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning:

FF 0 G3GNC 10601 EI I Offset in the RSCP of a 3G neighboring cell. The
ELL GBFD-1 Handov RSCP reported by the MS minus the value of
MOD 14301 er this parameter is used as the level in the K
G3GNC GBFD-1 GSM/ criteria for handover decisions. The level is used
ELL 14302 WCDM for handovers from 2G networks to 3G
A networks.
GBFD-5 Interop
10501 The decibel value corresponding to the
erabilit parameter values are as follows: (For details,
y see the 3GPP TS 45.008 protocol.):
GSM/T 0: CPICH RSCP < -115 dBm
D-
SCDMA 1: -115 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -114 dBm
Interop 2: -114 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -113 dBm
erabilit ...
y
HUAW
EI II 62: -54 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -53 dBm
Handov 63: -53 dBm <= CPICH RSCP.
er GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
RSCPO BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning:

FF 0 G3GNC 10601 EI I Offset in the RSCP of a 3G neighboring cell. The
ELL GBFD-1 Handov RSCP reported by the MS minus the value of
MOD 14301 er this parameter is used as the level in the K
G3GNC GBFD-1 GSM/ criteria for handover decisions. The level is used
ELL 14302 WCDM for handovers from 2G networks to 3G
A networks.
GBFD-5 Interop
10501 The decibel value corresponding to the
erabilit parameter values are as follows: (For details,
y see the 3GPP TS 45.008 protocol.):
GSM/T 0: CPICH RSCP < -115 dBm
D-
SCDMA 1: -115 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -114 dBm
Interop 2: -114 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -113 dBm
erabilit ...
y
HUAW
EI II 62: -54 dBm <= CPICH RSCP < -53 dBm
Handov 63: -53 dBm <= CPICH RSCP.
er GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpHOR BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

SCPTh3 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM RSCP threshold used for triggering a better 3G
G MOCNI GBFD-1 A cell handover for MSs of an operator in an
NTERR 18702 Interop MOCN-enabled cell. A better 3G cell handover
AT erabilit can be triggered for an MS only when the
GBFD-1 y
MOD 60212 measured RSCP of a neighboring 3G cell is
GCELL MOCN greater than the sum of the value of this
MOCNI Shared parameter and the value of the "RSCPOFF" in
NTERR Cell the "ADD G3GNCELL" command parameter
AT MOCN corresponding to the neighboring 3G cell within
II the specified duration. This parameter can be
configured for a specific operator.
following decibel values (for details, see 3GPP
TS 45.008):
...
Unit: None
Default Value: 50

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpHOR BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

SCPTh3 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM RSCP threshold used for triggering a better 3G
NTERR 18702 Interop MOCN-enabled cell. A better 3G cell handover
AT erabilit can be triggered for an MS only when the
GBFD-1 y
MOD 60212 measured RSCP of a neighboring 3G cell is
GCELL MOCN greater than the sum of the value of this
MOCNI Shared parameter and the value of the "RSCPOFF" in
NTERR Cell the "ADD G3GNCELL" command parameter
AT MOCN corresponding to the neighboring 3G cell within
II the specified duration. This parameter can be
TS 45.008):
...
Unit: None
Default Value: 50

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOECN BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

OTH3G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Threshold for triggering a better cell handover
HOUTR A to a 3G neighboring cell. When "FDDREP" in
ANFDD Interop the "SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS" command is set
erabilit to Ec/No, a better cell handover to a 3G
y neighboring cell can be triggered only if the
measured Ec/No of a 3G neighboring cell is
greater than the sum of this parameter and
"ECNOOFF" in the "ADD G3GNCELL" command
for a period of time.
The decibel value corresponding to the
parameter values are as follows: (For details,
0: CPICH Ec/Io < -24 dB
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
49: 0 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io.
Unit: None
Default Value: 35

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOECN BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

OTH3G 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Threshold for triggering a better cell handover
HOUTR A to a 3G neighboring cell. When "FDDREP" in
ANFDD Interop the "SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS" command is set
erabilit to Ec/No, a better cell handover to a 3G
y neighboring cell can be triggered only if the
measured Ec/No of a 3G neighboring cell is
greater than the sum of this parameter and
"ECNOOFF" in the "ADD G3GNCELL" command
for a period of time.
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
Unit: None
Default Value: 35

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ECNOO BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

FF 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM Offset in the Ec/No of a 3G neighboring cell. As
ELL A a performance counter for FDD cells, Ec/No
MOD Interop indicates the ratio of the energy per received
G3GNC erabilit chip to the spectral noise power density.
ELL y
If "FDDREP" in the "SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS"
command is set to Ec/No, the Ec/No reported
by the MS minus the value of this parameter is
used as the level in the K criteria for handover
decisions. The level is used for handovers from
2G networks to 3G networks.
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ECNOO BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

FF 0 G3GNC 14301 WCDM Offset in the Ec/No of a 3G neighboring cell. As
ELL A a performance counter for FDD cells, Ec/No
MOD Interop indicates the ratio of the energy per received
G3GNC erabilit chip to the spectral noise power density.
ELL y
If "FDDREP" in the "SET GCELLCCUTRANSYS"
command is set to Ec/No, the Ec/No reported
by the MS minus the value of this parameter is
used as the level in the K criteria for handover
decisions. The level is used for handovers from
2G networks to 3G networks.
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpHOE BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

cNoTh3 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Ec/No threshold used for triggering a better 3G
NTERR 18702 Interop MOCN-enabled cell.
AT erabilit
GBFD-1 y If the "FDDREP" parameter in the "SET
MOD 60212 GCELLCCUTRANSYS" command is set to
GCELL MOCN EcNo(Ec/No), a better 3G cell handover can be
MOCNI Shared triggered for an MS only when the measured
NTERR Cell Ec/No of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than
AT MOCN the sum of the value of this parameter and the
II value of the "ECNOOFF" parameter in the
"ADD G3GNCELL" command within the
specified duration. This parameter can be
TS 45.008):
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
49: 0 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io
Unit: None
Default Value: 35

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OpHOE BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

cNoTh3 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Ec/No threshold used for triggering a better 3G
NTERR 18702 Interop MOCN-enabled cell.
AT erabilit
GBFD-1 y If the "FDDREP" parameter in the "SET
MOD 60212 GCELLCCUTRANSYS" command is set to
GCELL MOCN EcNo(Ec/No), a better 3G cell handover can be
MOCNI Shared triggered for an MS only when the measured
NTERR Cell Ec/No of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than
AT MOCN the sum of the value of this parameter and the
II value of the "ECNOOFF" parameter in the
"ADD G3GNCELL" command within the
specified duration. This parameter can be
TS 45.008):
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
49: 0 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io
Unit: None
Default Value: 35

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOCip BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

herSw 0 BSCEXS Whether the BSC selects an after-handover
OFTPA encryption algorithm based on the encryption
RA algorithm carried in the Chosen Encryption
Algorithm (Serving) IE if this IE is carried in the
Handover Request message during a handover.
This parameter is invalid if the Handover
Request message does not carry the IE.
If this parameter is set to ON, and the target
cell supports the encryption algorithm carried
in the Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving)
IE, the BSC selects this algorithm as the after-
handover encryption algorithm. Otherwise, the
BSC selects an after-handover encryption
algorithm based on the target cell
configurations.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC selects
the after-handover encryption algorithm based
on the target cell configurations.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
HOCip BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

herSw 0 BSCEXS Whether the BSC selects an after-handover
OFTPA encryption algorithm based on the encryption
RA algorithm carried in the Chosen Encryption
Algorithm (Serving) IE if this IE is carried in the
Handover Request message during a handover.
This parameter is invalid if the Handover
Request message does not carry the IE.
If this parameter is set to ON, and the target
cell supports the encryption algorithm carried
in the Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving)
IE, the BSC selects this algorithm as the after-
handover encryption algorithm. Otherwise, the
BSC selects an after-handover encryption
algorithm based on the target cell
configurations.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC selects
the after-handover encryption algorithm based
on the target cell configurations.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
JudgeR BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

NCCiph 0 BSCEXS Whether the BSC determines the after-
erState OFTPA handover encryption status based on the
RA encryption status carried in the RNC when the
Handover Request message does not carry the
Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving) IE
during an inter-RAT incoming external inter-cell
handover.
If this parameter is set to ON, and the
Handover Request message carries the Old BSS
to New BSS information IE, which carries the
UE security information, the BSC selects the
after-handover encryption algorithm based on
the encryption algorithm configured for the
target cell and starts encrypting data.
Otherwise, the BSC does not start encrypting
data.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC
determines whether to start data encryption
based on the encryption algorithm configured
for the target cell instead of the encryption
status carried in the original RNC.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
JudgeR BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

NCCiph 0 BSCEXS Whether the BSC determines the after-
erState OFTPA handover encryption status based on the
RA encryption status carried in the RNC when the
Handover Request message does not carry the
Chosen Encryption Algorithm (Serving) IE
during an inter-RAT incoming external inter-cell
handover.
If this parameter is set to ON, and the
Handover Request message carries the Old BSS
to New BSS information IE, which carries the
UE security information, the BSC selects the
after-handover encryption algorithm based on
the encryption algorithm configured for the
target cell and starts encrypting data.
Otherwise, the BSC does not start encrypting
data.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the BSC
determines whether to start data encryption
based on the encryption algorithm configured
for the target cell instead of the encryption
status carried in the original RNC.
Unit: None
OUTSY BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow inter-RAT handover.
SSERVI 0 OTHSO 14321 WCDM If this parameter is set to OPEN, the BSS
CEHOE FTPARA A decides whether to hand over ongoing services
N Service to the 3G network according to the contents of
Based the "Service Handover" information element in
Handov the ASS REQ and HO REQ messages.
er GUI Value Range: CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CLOSE, OPEN
Default Value: CLOSE(Close)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
OUTSY BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to allow inter-RAT handover.
SSERVI 0 OTHSO 14321 WCDM If this parameter is set to OPEN, the BSS
CEHOE FTPARA A decides whether to hand over ongoing services
N Service to the 3G network according to the contents of
Based the "Service Handover" information element in
Handov the ASS REQ and HO REQ messages.
er GUI Value Range: CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CLOSE, OPEN
Default Value: CLOSE(Close)
InterRa BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

tService 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM Policy for an inter-RAT load-based handover in
LoadHo HOINT GBFD-5 A Load access state.
Switch ERRATL 11103 Based
DB Handov When this parameter is set to CnService-based,
GBFD-1 er an inter-RAT load-based handover is allowed.
14321 When this parameter is set to Load-based or
GSM
GBFD-5 and Dynamic-based, an inter-RAT load-based
11104 WCDM handover is allowed only if the uplink load of
A Load the cell is greater than or equal to the value of
Balanci "UlLdrThrd2GCell" or the downlink load of the
ng cell is greater than or equal to the value of
Based "DlLdrThrd2GCell", and candidate cells are
on Iur- filtered based on the load difference between
g the serving cell and neighboring cells.
GSM/ GUI Value Range: Service-based(Service-based),

WCDM Load-based(Load-based), Dynamic-
A based(Dynamic Service/Load-based),
Service CnService-based(CN Service-based), OFF(OFF)
Based Unit: None
Handov Actual Value Range:
er
Service-based, Load-based, Dynamic-based,
GSM
and CnService-based, OFF
WCDM Default Value: OFF(OFF)
A
Traffic
Steerin
g
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRa BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

tService 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM Policy for an inter-RAT load-based handover in
LoadHo HOINT GBFD-5 A Load access state.
Switch ERRATL 11103 Based
DB Handov When this parameter is set to CnService-based,
GBFD-1 er an inter-RAT load-based handover is allowed.
14321 When this parameter is set to Load-based or
GSM
GBFD-5 and Dynamic-based, an inter-RAT load-based
11104 WCDM handover is allowed only if the uplink load of
A Load the cell is greater than or equal to the value of
Balanci "UlLdrThrd2GCell" or the downlink load of the
ng cell is greater than or equal to the value of
Based "DlLdrThrd2GCell", and candidate cells are
on Iur- filtered based on the load difference between
g the serving cell and neighboring cells.
GSM/ GUI Value Range: Service-based(Service-based),

WCDM Load-based(Load-based), Dynamic-
A based(Dynamic Service/Load-based),
Service CnService-based(CN Service-based), OFF(OFF)
Based Unit: None
Handov Actual Value Range:
er
Service-based, Load-based, Dynamic-based,
GSM
and CnService-based, OFF
WCDM Default Value: OFF(OFF)
A
Traffic
Steerin
g
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
G2GLo BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Coefficient used to modulate the load
adAdju 0 GCELL 11101 Based level of a 2G system so that the load level of
stCoeff HOINT GBFD-5 Handov the 2G system can be compared with that of a
ERRATL 11103 er 3G system.
DB Enhanc GUI Value Range: 0~100
ement
on Iur- Unit: None
g Actual Value Range: 0~100
GSM Default Value: 10
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g
G2GLo BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Coefficient used to modulate the load
adAdju 0 GCELL 11101 Based level of a 2G system so that the load level of
stCoeff HOINT GBFD-5 Handov the 2G system can be compared with that of a
ERRATL 11103 er 3G system.
DB Enhanc GUI Value Range: 0~100
ement
on Iur- Unit: None
g Actual Value Range: 0~100
GSM Default Value: 10
and
WCDM
A Load
Balanci
ng
Based
on Iur-
g

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
G2G3G BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

LdBlcD 0 OTHSO 14322 WCDM Load difference threshold for load-based GSM-
eltaThr FTPARA GBFD-5 A Load to-UMTS handovers. The MS can perform
d 11103 Based directed retries or initiates a load-based
Handov handover to a UMTS cell when the following
er condition is met:
GSM ((Load of the neighboring UMTS cell x 10) -
and (Load of the GSM cell x
WCDM "G2GLoadAdjustCoeff")) <= (100 -
A Load "G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd") x 10.The actual
Balanci parameter value is equal to the configuration
ng value minus 100.
Based
on Iur- GUI Value Range: 0~200
g Unit: %
Default Value: 110
G2G3G BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

LdBlcD 0 OTHSO 14322 WCDM Load difference threshold for load-based GSM-
eltaThr FTPARA GBFD-5 A Load to-UMTS handovers. The MS can perform
d 11103 Based directed retries or initiates a load-based
Handov handover to a UMTS cell when the following
er condition is met:
GSM ((Load of the neighboring UMTS cell x 10) -
and (Load of the GSM cell x
WCDM "G2GLoadAdjustCoeff")) <= (100 -
A Load "G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd") x 10.The actual
Balanci parameter value is equal to the configuration
ng value minus 100.
Based
g Unit: %
Default Value: 110
LoadHo BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: Indicates that if a 3G neighboring cell
EnExt3 0 GEXT3 10601 EI I supports load handovers, the BSC adds the load
G GCELL GBFD-5 Handov information of the local cells in the signaling
MOD 10501 er procedures related to this neighboring cell.
GEXT3 HUAW GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
GCELL EI II Unit: None
Handov
er Actual Value Range: NO, YES

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
LoadHo BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 HUAW Meaning: Indicates that if a 3G neighboring cell
EnExt3 0 GEXT3 10601 EI I supports load handovers, the BSC adds the load
G GCELL GBFD-5 Handov information of the local cells in the signaling
MOD 10501 er procedures related to this neighboring cell.
GEXT3 HUAW GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
GCELL EI II Unit: None
Handov
er Actual Value Range: NO, YES
OutSys BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to
LoadHo 0 GCELL 11101 Based allow the inter-RAT load handover in
En HOINT GBFD-1 Handov connection mode (after the assignment is
ERRATL 14322 er complete).
DB Enhanc GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
ement
on Iur- Unit: None
g Actual Value Range: NO, YES
GSM/ Default Value: NO(No)
WCDM
A Load
Based
Handov
er
OutSys BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to
LoadHo 0 GCELL 11101 Based allow the inter-RAT load handover in
En HOINT GBFD-1 Handov connection mode (after the assignment is
ERRATL 14322 er complete).
DB Enhanc GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
ement
on Iur- Unit: None
g Actual Value Range: NO, YES
GSM/ Default Value: NO(No)
WCDM
A Load
Based
Handov
er

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SYSFLO BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

WLEV 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM System flux thresholds correspond to the
HOAD GBFD-1 A Load system flux obtained based on message
10601 Based packets, CPU load, and FID queuing load. The
Handov system flux level is the current flux control level
GBFD-5 er
10501 of the system.
HUAW
EI I 0-11: There are 12 flow control levels. Where, 0
Handov indicates the lowest level and 11 indicates the
er highest level.
HUAW A load handover is allowed only when the

EI II system flux is lower than the value of this
Handov parameter. The handover performed over the
er maximum threshold has tremendous impacts
on the system. Therefore, this parameter should
not be set to a higher value. 1) The flow
control level algorithm for the assigned system
messages: [(Average Message Usage - Inner
Flow Control Discard Begin Threshold)/(Inner
Flow Control Discard All Threshold - Inner Flow
Control Discard Begin Threshold) x 100]/10+1
(round-down for division operation). If the
value is smaller than Inner Flow Control Discard
Begin Threshold, Level 0 is used. If the value is
equal to or greater than Inner Flow Control
Discard Begin Threshold, the level is calculated.
The value range is from 0 to 11.
2) Flow control threshold for the CPU to start
to discard the channel access messages and
paging messages: 80%
Flow control threshold for the CPU to discard
all channel access messages and paging
messages: 100%
CPU usage smaller than 80% corresponds to
level 0. CPU usage equal to or greater than
CPU flow control threshold 80% corresponds to
level 2. An increase of 5% means an increase of
2 levels. Level 10 is the highest. The level value
can be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10.
GUI Value Range: 0;8~11
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 8~11
Default Value: 10

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SYSFLO BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

WLEV 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM System flux thresholds correspond to the
HOAD GBFD-1 A Load system flux obtained based on message
10601 Based packets, CPU load, and FID queuing load. The
Handov system flux level is the current flux control level
GBFD-5 er
10501 of the system.
HUAW
EI I 0-11: There are 12 flow control levels. Where, 0
Handov indicates the lowest level and 11 indicates the
er highest level.
HUAW A load handover is allowed only when the

EI II system flux is lower than the value of this
Handov parameter. The handover performed over the
er maximum threshold has tremendous impacts
on the system. Therefore, this parameter should
not be set to a higher value. 1) The flow
control level algorithm for the assigned system
messages: [(Average Message Usage - Inner
Flow Control Discard Begin Threshold)/(Inner
Flow Control Discard All Threshold - Inner Flow
Control Discard Begin Threshold) x 100]/10+1
(round-down for division operation). If the
value is smaller than Inner Flow Control Discard
Begin Threshold, Level 0 is used. If the value is
equal to or greater than Inner Flow Control
Discard Begin Threshold, the level is calculated.
The value range is from 0 to 11.
2) Flow control threshold for the CPU to start
to discard the channel access messages and
paging messages: 80%
Flow control threshold for the CPU to discard
all channel access messages and paging
messages: 100%
CPU usage smaller than 80% corresponds to
level 0. CPU usage equal to or greater than
CPU flow control threshold 80% corresponds to
level 2. An increase of 5% means an increase of
2 levels. Level 10 is the highest. The level value
can be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10.
GUI Value Range: 0;8~11
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 8~11
Default Value: 10

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
TRIGTH BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: A load-based handover is started

RES 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM when the cell load is greater than or equal to
HOAD GBFD-1 A Load this threshold. For inter-BSC load-based
10601 Based handovers, when "LOADHOHYSTADAPEN" is
Handov set to YES, this parameter is only used for
GBFD-5 er decision on load-based handovers at the same
10501 layer.
HUAW
EI I GUI Value Range: 0~100
Handov Unit: %
er
HUAW
EI II Default Value: 90
Handov
er
TRIGTH BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: A load-based handover is started

RES 0 GCELL 14322 WCDM when the cell load is greater than or equal to
HOAD GBFD-1 A Load this threshold. For inter-BSC load-based
10601 Based handovers, when "LOADHOHYSTADAPEN" is
Handov set to YES, this parameter is only used for
GBFD-5 er decision on load-based handovers at the same
10501 layer.
HUAW
EI I GUI Value Range: 0~100
Handov Unit: %
er
HUAW
EI II Default Value: 90
Handov
er
InterRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Initial (maximum) RSCP value of the
TLoadH 0 GCELL 11101 Based inter-RAT load-based handover band. If the cell
oRSCPS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
tart ERRATL 14322 er handover, all calls in the serving cell initiate
DB Enhanc handover requests at the same time. The BSC
ement uses the hierarchical load handover algorithm
on Iur- to control the number of calls to be handed
g over at each level. This avoids a rapid increase
GSM/ in the CPU load and occurrence of ping-pong
WCDM handovers.
A Load GUI Value Range: 0~91
Based Unit: dB
Handov
er Actual Value Range: 0~91
Default Value: 91

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Initial (maximum) RSCP value of the
oRSCPS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
WCDM handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 91
IntRAT BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Minimum RSCP value of a UMTS cell
LoadH 0 GCELL 11101 Based during the load-based GSM-to-UMTS handover.
ORSCP HOINT GBFD-1 Handov If the UMTS level measured by the MS is less
Thr ERRATL 14322 er than or equal to the value of this parameter,
DB Enhanc the BSC cannot initiate a load-based GSM-to-
ement UMTS handover.
g
Unit: dB
GSM/
WCDM Actual Value Range: 0~91
A Load Default Value: 30
Based
Handov
er
IntRAT BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Minimum RSCP value of a UMTS cell
ORSCP HOINT GBFD-1 Handov If the UMTS level measured by the MS is less
g
Unit: dB
GSM/
Based
Handov
er

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Initial (maximum) EcNo value of the
oEcNoS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
WCDM handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 49
InterRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Initial (maximum) EcNo value of the
oEcNoS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
WCDM handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 49
IntRAT BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Minimum Ec/No value of a 3G cell
OEcNo HOINT GBFD-1 Handov If the UMTS level measured by the MS is less
g
Unit: dB
GSM/
Based
Handov
er

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
IntRAT BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Minimum Ec/No value of a 3G cell
OEcNo HOINT GBFD-1 Handov If the UMTS level measured by the MS is less
g
Unit: dB
GSM/
Based
Handov
er
IntRAT BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Duration for performing an inter-RAT
LoadHo 0 GCELL 11101 Based load-based handover at each level. If the cell
Period HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
ERRATL 14322 er handover, all calls in the serving cell initiate
WCDM handovers.
Based Unit: s
Handov
Default Value: 10
IntRAT BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Duration for performing an inter-RAT
LoadHo 0 GCELL 11101 Based load-based handover at each level. If the cell
Period HOINT GBFD-1 Handov load meets the conditions for a load-based
ERRATL 14322 er handover, all calls in the serving cell initiate
WCDM handovers.
Based Unit: s
Handov
Default Value: 10

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Step of changing the RSCP value
TLoadH 0 GCELL 11101 Based during the inter-RAT hierarchical load-based
oRSCPS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov handover. If the cell load meets the conditions
tep ERRATL 14322 er for a load-based handover, all calls in the
DB Enhanc serving cell initiate handover requests at the
ement same time. The BSC uses the hierarchical load
on Iur- handover algorithm to control the number of
g calls to be handed over at each level. This
GSM/ avoids a rapid increase in the CPU load and
WCDM occurrence of ping-pong handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 10
InterRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Step of changing the RSCP value
oRSCPS HOINT GBFD-1 Handov handover. If the cell load meets the conditions
tep ERRATL 14322 er for a load-based handover, all calls in the
DB Enhanc serving cell initiate handover requests at the
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 10
InterRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Width of load band [RSCP] during the
TLoadH 0 GCELL 11101 Based inter-RAT hierarchical load-based handover. If
oRSCPB HOINT GBFD-1 Handov the cell load meets the conditions for a load-
andWid ERRATL 14322 er based handover, all calls in the serving cell
th DB Enhanc initiate handover requests at the same time.
ement The BSC uses the hierarchical load handover
on Iur- algorithm to control the number of calls to be
g handed over at each level. This avoids a rapid
GSM/ increase in the CPU load and occurrence of
WCDM ping-pong handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 60

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Width of load band [RSCP] during the
TLoadH 0 GCELL 11101 Based inter-RAT hierarchical load-based handover. If
oRSCPB HOINT GBFD-1 Handov the cell load meets the conditions for a load-
andWid ERRATL 14322 er based handover, all calls in the serving cell
th DB Enhanc initiate handover requests at the same time.
ement The BSC uses the hierarchical load handover
on Iur- algorithm to control the number of calls to be
g handed over at each level. This avoids a rapid
GSM/ increase in the CPU load and occurrence of
WCDM ping-pong handovers.
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 60
InterRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Width of handover level range [EcNo]
oEcNoB HOINT GBFD-1 Handov handover. If the cell load meets the conditions
andWid ERRATL 14322 er for a load-based handover, all calls in the
th DB Enhanc serving cell initiate handover requests at the
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 20
InterRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Load Meaning: Width of handover level range [EcNo]
oEcNoB HOINT GBFD-1 Handov handover. If the cell load meets the conditions
andWid ERRATL 14322 er for a load-based handover, all calls in the
th DB Enhanc serving cell initiate handover requests at the
Based Unit: dB
Handov
Default Value: 20

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
SPTINT BSC690 SET GBFD-1 PS Meaning: Whether to support the MS handover

ERRATI 0 GCELLG 19502 Handov from an UMTS cell to the local cell during PS
NBSCP PRS er services. If this parameter is set to SUPPORT,
SHO the inter-system incoming cell handover during
PS services is allowed. In addition, the MS must
support the PS handover.
GUI Value Range: UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT
Default Value: UNSUPPORT(Not Support)

ERRATI 0 GCELLG 19502 Handov from an UMTS cell to the local cell during PS
NBSCP PRS er services. If this parameter is set to SUPPORT,
SHO the inter-system incoming cell handover during
SUPPORT(Support)
Unit: None
PSHOS BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 PS Meaning: Whether to support PS Handover(PS

UP 0 NSE 19502 Handov HO). The PS HO is used to reduce the interval
MOD er of the cell reselection of the MS.
NSE GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
YES(Support)
Unit: None
Default Value: NO(No Support)
PSHOS BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 PS Meaning: Whether to support PS Handover(PS

UP 0 NSE 19502 Handov HO). The PS HO is used to reduce the interval
MOD er of the cell reselection of the MS.
NSE GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
YES(Support)
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

ERRAT 0 GCELLG 19502 Handov from the local cell to an UMTS cell during PS
OUTBS PRS er services. If this parameter is set to SUPPORT,
CPSHO the inter-system coming cell handover during
SUPPORT(Support)
Unit: None

ERRAT 0 GCELLG 19502 Handov from the local cell to an UMTS cell during PS
OUTBS PRS er services. If this parameter is set to SUPPORT,
CPSHO the inter-system coming cell handover during
SUPPORT(Support)
Unit: None
NACCS BSC690 SET GBFD-1 Networ Meaning: Whether to support the network
PT 0 GCELLG 16301 k assisted cell change (NACC). The NACC is used
PRS Assiste in the network control modes NC0 or NC1. The
d Cell NACC enables the network to notify the MS of
Change the system information about the neighboring
(NACC) cell in advance when the MS is in the packet
transmission state. This increases the PS service
access speed of an MS in the target cell and
shortens the PS service interruption duration
during cell reselection.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NACCS BSC691 SET GBFD-1 Networ Meaning: Whether to support the network
PT 0 GCELLG 16301 k assisted cell change (NACC). The NACC is used
PRS Assiste in the network control modes NC0 or NC1. The
d Cell NACC enables the network to notify the MS of
Change the system information about the neighboring
(NACC) cell in advance when the MS is in the packet
transmission state. This increases the PS service
access speed of an MS in the target cell and
shortens the PS service interruption duration
during cell reselection.
Unit: None
NC2SP BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Multi Meaning: Whether to support network control
T 0 GCELLG 11310 Technol 2 (NC2). In NC2 mode, an MS sends the BSC
PRS GBFD-5 ogy measurement reports containing information
11307 Neighb about the serving cell and neighboring cells,
our Cell and the network controls cell reselection for the
GBFD-1 Based MS.
16201 Handov GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
er
Unit: None
eNC2
Betwee Actual Value Range: NO, YES
n GSM Default Value: NO(No)
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
NC2SP BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Multi Meaning: Whether to support network control
T 0 GCELLG 11310 Technol 2 (NC2). In NC2 mode, an MS sends the BSC
PRS GBFD-5 ogy measurement reports containing information
11307 Neighb about the serving cell and neighboring cells,
our Cell and the network controls cell reselection for the
GBFD-1 Based MS.
16201 Handov GUI Value Range: NO(No), YES(Yes)
er
Unit: None
eNC2
Betwee Actual Value Range: NO, YES
n GSM Default Value: NO(No)
and LTE
Networ
k-
Control
led Cell
Reselec
tion
(NC2)
PFCSUP BSC690 ADD GBFD-5 Multi Meaning:

0 NSE 11310 Technol Whether the NSE supports the Packet Flow
MOD GBFD-1 ogy Context (PFC) procedure that can improve
NSE 19905 Neighb Quality of Service (QoS) of packet services.
our Cell
GBFD-1 Based In SGSN Pool scenario, the PFC procedure will
19906 Handov take effect when all of the following conditions
GBFD-1 er are met:
19901 PoC All the NSEs to which all the PTP BVCs in the
QoS cell belong support PFC (that is, "PFCSUP" is set
to YES).
Conver
sationa The SGSN supports PFC.
l QoS The "GBRQOS" parameter in the "SET
Streami GCELLPSOTHERPARA" command is set to YES.
ng Alternatively, the "PFCSwitch" parameter in the
QoS(G "SET GCELLPSOTHERPARA" command is set to
BR) ON.
GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
YES(Support)
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PFCSUP BSC691 ADD GBFD-5 Multi Meaning:

0 NSE 11310 Technol Whether the NSE supports the Packet Flow
MOD GBFD-1 ogy Context (PFC) procedure that can improve
NSE 19905 Neighb Quality of Service (QoS) of packet services.
our Cell
GBFD-1 Based In SGSN Pool scenario, the PFC procedure will
19906 Handov take effect when all of the following conditions
GBFD-1 er are met:
19901 PoC All the NSEs to which all the PTP BVCs in the
QoS cell belong support PFC (that is, "PFCSUP" is set
to YES).
Conver
sationa The SGSN supports PFC.
l QoS The "GBRQOS" parameter in the "SET
Streami GCELLPSOTHERPARA" command is set to YES.
ng Alternatively, the "PFCSwitch" parameter in the
QoS(G "SET GCELLPSOTHERPARA" command is set to
BR) ON.
GUI Value Range: NO(No Support),
YES(Support)
Unit: None
PFCSwi BSC690 SET GBFD-1 PS Meaning: Whether a cell supports the Packet
tch 0 GCELLP 19502 Handov Flow Context (PFC) procedure that can improve
SOTHE GBFD-1 er Quality of Service (QoS) of packet services. The
RPARA 19905 PoC PFC procedure takes effect when a cell, the
QoS network service entity (NSE) the cell belongs
GBFD-1 to, and the SGSN support PFC. The NSE
19907 PS supports PFC when "PFCSUP" is set to YES.
GBFD-1 Service
in GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
19906
Priority Unit: None
GBFD-1
19902 Conver Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
sationa Default Value: OFF(Off)
l QoS
QoS
ARP&T
HP

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
PFCSwi BSC691 SET GBFD-1 PS Meaning: Whether a cell supports the Packet
tch 0 GCELLP 19502 Handov Flow Context (PFC) procedure that can improve
SOTHE GBFD-1 er Quality of Service (QoS) of packet services. The
RPARA 19905 PoC PFC procedure takes effect when a cell, the
QoS network service entity (NSE) the cell belongs
GBFD-1 to, and the SGSN support PFC. The NSE
19907 PS supports PFC when "PFCSUP" is set to YES.
GBFD-1 Service
in GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
19906
Priority Unit: None
GBFD-1
19902 Conver Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
sationa Default Value: OFF(Off)
l QoS
QoS
ARP&T
HP
UTRAN BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Cell Meaning: Common priority of UTRAN. Value 0
PRI 0 GCELLP 11301 Reselec indicates the lowest priority, and value 7
RIEUTR tion indicates the highest priority.
ANSYS Betwee GUI Value Range: 0~7
n GSM
and LTE Unit: None
Default Value: 3
UTRAN BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Cell Meaning: Common priority of UTRAN. Value 0
PRI 0 GCELLP 11301 Reselec indicates the lowest priority, and value 7
RIEUTR tion indicates the highest priority.
ANSYS Betwee GUI Value Range: 0~7
n GSM
and LTE Unit: None
Default Value: 3
EUTRA BSC690 SET GBFD-5 Cell Meaning: Common priority of EUTRAN. Value 0
NPRI 0 GCELLP 11301 Reselec indicates the lowest priority, and value 7
RIEUTR GBFD-5 tion indicates the highest priority.
ANSYS 11312 Betwee GUI Value Range: 0~7
n GSM
and LTE Unit: None
Fast Actual Value Range: 0~7

LTE Default Value: 6
Reselec
tion at
2G CS
Call
Release

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
EUTRA BSC691 SET GBFD-5 Cell Meaning: Common priority of EUTRAN. Value 0
NPRI 0 GCELLP 11301 Reselec indicates the lowest priority, and value 7
RIEUTR GBFD-5 tion indicates the highest priority.
ANSYS 11312 Betwee GUI Value Range: 0~7
n GSM
and LTE Unit: None
Fast Actual Value Range: 0~7

LTE Default Value: 6
Reselec
tion at
2G CS
Call
Release
FddRpt BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning:

Thresh 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum Ec/No threshold 2 for reporting
old2Ec CUTRA A measurement reports in FDD cells. If "FDDREP"
no NSYS Interop is set to RSCP, the value of this parameter is
erabilit used by the information element
y FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2 in the system
information. If this parameter is set to 255, the
information element
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2 is not
delivered.
0: < -24 dB
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
GUI Value Range: 0~49;255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49, 255
Default Value: 255

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

Thresh 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum Ec/No threshold 2 for reporting
old2Ec CUTRA A measurement reports in FDD cells. If "FDDREP"
no NSYS Interop is set to RSCP, the value of this parameter is
information element
delivered.
0: < -24 dB
1: -24 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB
2: -23.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -23 dB
...
47: -1 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
48: -0.5 dB <= CPICH Ec/Io < 0 dB
Unit: None
Default Value: 255

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

Thresh 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum RSCP threshold 2 for reporting
old2Rsc CUTRA A measurement reports in FDD cells. If "FDDREP"
p NSYS Interop is set to Ec/No, the value of this parameter is
information element
delivered.
...
Unit: None
Default Value: 255

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

Thresh 0 GCELLC 14301 WCDM Minimum RSCP threshold 2 for reporting
old2Rsc CUTRA A measurement reports in FDD cells. If "FDDREP"
p NSYS Interop is set to Ec/No, the value of this parameter is
information element
delivered.
...
Unit: None
Default Value: 255

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
ECSC BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/T Meaning: The early classmark sending control
0 GCELLC 14302 D- (ECSC) parameter specifies whether the MSs in
CBASIC GBFD-1 SCDMA a cell use early classmark sending. After a
11101 Interop successful immediate assignment, the MS sends
erabilit additional classmark information to the
y network as early as possible. The additional
System classmark information mainly contains the CM3
Inform (classmark 3) information. The CM3 (classmark
ation 3) information contains the frequency band
Sendin support capability of the MS (used for the
g future channel assignment), power information
about each frequency band supported by the
MS (used for the handover between different
frequency bands), and encryption capability of
the MS.
Unit: None
ECSC BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/T Meaning: The early classmark sending control
0 GCELLC 14302 D- (ECSC) parameter specifies whether the MSs in
CBASIC GBFD-1 SCDMA a cell use early classmark sending. After a
11101 Interop successful immediate assignment, the MS sends
erabilit additional classmark information to the
y network as early as possible. The additional
System classmark information mainly contains the CM3
Inform (classmark 3) information. The CM3 (classmark
ation 3) information contains the frequency band
Sendin support capability of the MS (used for the
g future channel assignment), power information
about each frequency band supported by the
MS (used for the handover between different
frequency bands), and encryption capability of
the MS.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
INPUT3 BSC690 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning: Whether a configured 3G ARFCN is

GARFC 0 G3GAR 11110 support an FDD or TDD ARFCN.
NENTY FCN ing GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD)
PE Blind
Search Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD
Default Value: FDD(FDD)
INPUT3 BSC691 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning: Whether a configured 3G ARFCN is

GARFC 0 G3GAR 11110 support an FDD or TDD ARFCN.
NENTY FCN ing GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD)
PE Blind
Search Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD
Default Value: FDD(FDD)
ARFCN BSC690 SET GBFD-5 BSC Meaning: A configured UARFCN. If this

1 0 G3GAR 11110 support parameter is set to 65535, the UARFCN is
FCN ing invalid.
Blind GUI Value Range: 0~16383;65535
Search
Unit: None
Default Value: 65535

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

FCN ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

1 0 GCELL3 11110 support parameter is set to 65535, the UARFCN is
GARFC ing invalid.
N Blind GUI Value Range: 0~16383;65535
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None

GARFC ing invalid.
Search
Unit: None
InterRa BSC690 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to enable the GSM/WCDMA
tDiffPro 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Interoperability feature for the MSs with a
cSw HOBAS A specific TAC. If this parameter is set to ON, the
IC Interop BSC identifies the MSs with a specific TAC and
erabilit enables the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
y feature for them based on the parameter
settings in the "ADD GMSTACCAP" command.
Unit: None

GSM BSS

eter ID Comm e ID e
and Name
InterRa BSC691 SET GBFD-1 GSM/ Meaning: Whether to enable the GSM/WCDMA
tDiffPro 0 GCELL 14301 WCDM Interoperability feature for the MSs with a
cSw HOBAS A specific TAC. If this parameter is set to ON, the
IC Interop BSC identifies the MSs with a specific TAC and
erabilit enables the GSM/WCDMA Interoperability
y feature for them based on the parameter
settings in the "ADD GMSTACCAP" command.
Unit: None

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 12 Counters
12 Counters
Table 12-1 Counters

Counter ID Counter Counter NE Feature ID Feature
Name Description Name
1278082417 CELL.INTERRA H3600:Incomi BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.INCELL.HO. ng Inter-RAT GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
REQ.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(SDCCH) Interoperabilit
y

REQ.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
y

REQ.TCH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(TCH) Interoperabilit
y

REQ.TCH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(TCH) Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


REQ.ACK.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
y

REQ.ACK.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
y

REQ.ACK.TCH Inter-Cell y
F Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
(TCHF) Interoperabilit
y

F Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
y

H Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
(TCHH) Interoperabilit
y

H Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
y

GSM BSS

1278082422 CELL.INTERRA H3620:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.INCELL.HO. Incoming GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
FAIL.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

FAIL.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

FAIL.TCHF Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

FAIL.TCHF Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

FAIL.TCHH Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

FAIL.TCHH Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

GSM BSS

1278082425 CELL.INTERRA H362J:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.INVALID. Inter-RAT y
CONTENTS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Invalid Interoperabilit
Message) y
1278082425 CELL.INTERRA H362J:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.INVALID. Inter-RAT y
CONTENTS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Invalid Interoperabilit
Message) y
1278082426 CELL.INTERRA H3620A:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.CONG.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(No Channel Interoperabilit
Available) y
(SDCCH)

FAIL.CONG.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Available) y
(SDCCH)

FAIL.CONG.TC Inter-RAT y
H Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Available) y
(TCH)

GSM BSS


FAIL.CONG.TC Inter-RAT y
H Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Available) y
(TCH)
1278082428 CELL.INTERRA H362E:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.NO.CIC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(CIC Interoperabilit
Unavailable) y
1278082428 CELL.INTERRA H362E:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.NO.CIC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Unavailable) y
1278082429 CELL.INTERRA H362F:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.CIC.ALLO Inter-RAT y
C Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Allocated) y
1278082429 CELL.INTERRA H362F:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.CIC.ALLO Inter-RAT y
C Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Allocated) y
1278082430 CELL.INTERRA H362B:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.APPLY.TR Inter-RAT y
SL.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Terrestrial Interoperabilit
Resource y
Request
Failed)

GSM BSS


FAIL.APPLY.TR Inter-RAT y
SL.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Terrestrial Interoperabilit
Resource y
Request
Failed)
1278082431 CELL.INTERRA H362H:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.MSC.CLR. Inter-RAT y
CMD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Clear Interoperabilit
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
1278082431 CELL.INTERRA H362H:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.MSC.CLR. Inter-RAT y
CMD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
1278082432 CELL.INTERRA H3620C:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.EXP.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Timer Interoperabilit
Expired) y
(SDCCH)

FAIL.EXP.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
(SDCCH)

GSM BSS

1278082433 CELL.INTERRA H3629Cb:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.INCELL.HO. d Incoming GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
FAIL.EXP.TCH.S Inter-RAT y
IG Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
(TCH)
(Signaling
Channel)
1278082433 CELL.INTERRA H3629Cb:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.EXP.TCH.S Inter-RAT y
IG Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
(TCH)
(Signaling
Channel)
1278082434 CELL.INTERRA H3629Ca:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.EXP.TCH.T Inter-RAT y
RAF.CH Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
(TCH) (Traffic
Channel)
1278082434 CELL.INTERRA H3629Ca:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.EXP.TCH.T Inter-RAT y
RAF.CH Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
(TCH) (Traffic
Channel)
1278082435 CELL.INTERRA CH360:Incomi BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


REQ Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
1278082436 CELL.INTERRA CH363:Succes BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.INCELL.HO. sful Incoming GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
SUCC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

N.INCELL.HO. sful Incoming GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
SUCC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
1278082437 CELL.INTERRA TH363:Succes BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.INCELL.HO. s Rate of GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
SUCC.RATE Incoming y
Inter-RAT GSM/TD-
Inter-Cell SCDMA
Handover Interoperabilit
y

N.INCELL.HO. s Rate of GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
SUCC.RATE Incoming y
Inter-RAT GSM/TD-
Inter-Cell SCDMA
y

REQ.ACK Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


REQ.ACK Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Responses SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

FAIL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

FAIL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

FAIL.EXP Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y

FAIL.EXP Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Expired) y
1278082441 CELL.INTERRA H362L:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

FAIL.NO.SPEE Inter-RAT y
CH.VER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Requested Interoperabilit
Speech y
Version
Unavailable)

GSM BSS


FAIL.NO.SPEE Inter-RAT y
CH.VER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Requested Interoperabilit
Speech y
Version
Unavailable)
1278083417 CELL.INTERRA H3500:Outgoi BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H ng Inter-RAT GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.REQ.NOT.IN Inter-Cell y
CLUDE.DR.SD Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

O.REQ.NOT.IN Inter-Cell y
CLUDE.DR.SD Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

O.REQ.TCHF Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
y

O.REQ.TCHF Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
y

GSM BSS


O.REQ.TCHH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
y

O.REQ.TCHH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
y

O.CMD.NOT.I Inter-Cell y
NCLUDE.DR.S Handover GSM/TD-
D Commands SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

O.CMD.NOT.I Inter-Cell y
NCLUDE.DR.S Handover GSM/TD-
D Commands SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

O.CMD.TCHF Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
y

GSM BSS


O.CMD.TCHF Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
y

O.CMD.TCHH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
y

O.CMD.TCHH Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
y

N.OUTCELL.H Outgoing GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.FAIL.NOT.IN Inter-RAT y
CLUDE.DR.SD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

O.FAIL.NOT.IN Inter-RAT y
CLUDE.DR.SD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Excluding y
Directed
Retry)

GSM BSS


O.FAIL.TCHF Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

O.FAIL.TCHF Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

O.FAIL.TCHH Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

O.FAIL.TCHH Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y
1278083426 CELL.INTERRA H352Da:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.MS.RPT Inter-RAT y
.ABNORM.REL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
.UNS Handovers SCDMA
(Reconnection Interoperabilit
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release,
Unspecified)

GSM BSS

1278083426 CELL.INTERRA H352Da:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.UNS Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release,
Unspecified)
1278083427 CELL.INTERRA H352Db:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H d Outgoing GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
.CHN Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release,
Channel
Unacceptable)
1278083427 CELL.INTERRA H352Db:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.CHN Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release,
Channel
Unacceptable)
1278083428 CELL.INTERRA H352Dc:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.T.E Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release, Timer
Expired)

GSM BSS

1278083428 CELL.INTERRA H352Dc:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.T.E Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release, Timer
Expired)
1278083429 CELL.INTERRA H352Dd:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.ACT Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release, No
Activity on the
Radio Path)
1278083429 CELL.INTERRA H352Dd:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.ACT Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Abnormal
Release, No
Activity on the
Radio Path)
1278083430 CELL.INTERRA H352De:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.PREEMPT.RLS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Preemptive
Release)

GSM BSS

1278083430 CELL.INTERRA H352De:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.PREEMPT.RLS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Preemptive
Release)
1278083431 CELL.INTERRA H352Df:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.HO.TA Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Handover
Failed, Timing
Advance out
of Range)
1278083431 CELL.INTERRA H352Df:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.HO.TA Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Handover
Failed, Timing
Advance out
of Range)
1278083432 CELL.INTERRA H352Dg:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.CH.MODE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Channel
Mode
Unavailable)

GSM BSS

1278083432 CELL.INTERRA H352Dg:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.CH.MODE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Channel
Mode
Unavailable)
1278083433 CELL.INTERRA H352Dh:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.FREQ Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Frequency
Unavailable)
1278083433 CELL.INTERRA H352Dh:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.FREQ Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Frequency
Unavailable)
1278083434 CELL.INTERRA H352Di:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.CALL.CLR Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Call Already
Cleared)

GSM BSS

1278083434 CELL.INTERRA H352Di:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.CALL.CLR Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Call Already
Cleared)
1278083435 CELL.INTERRA H352Dj:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.SEMANT Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Semantically
Incorrect
Message)
1278083435 CELL.INTERRA H352Dj:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.SEMANT Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Semantically
Incorrect
Message)
1278083436 CELL.INTERRA H352Dk:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.INV.MAN Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Invalid
Mandatory
Information)

GSM BSS

1278083436 CELL.INTERRA H352Dk:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.INV.MAN Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Invalid
Mandatory
Information)
1278083437 CELL.INTERRA H352Dl:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.MSG.TYPE.NE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
XISTENT Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Message
Type Non-
existent or
Not
Implemented)
1278083437 CELL.INTERRA H352Dl:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.MSG.TYPE.NE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
XISTENT Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Message
Type Non-
existent or
Not
Implemented)

GSM BSS

1278083438 CELL.INTERRA H352Dm:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.MSG.TYPE.NO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
T.COMPATIBL Handovers SCDMA
E (Reconnection Interoperabilit
to Old y
Channels)
(Message
Type Not
Compatible
with Protocol
State)
1278083438 CELL.INTERRA H352Dm:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.MSG.TYPE.NO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
T.COMPATIBL Handovers SCDMA
E (Reconnection Interoperabilit
to Old y
Channels)
(Message
Type Not
Compatible
with Protocol
State)
1278083439 CELL.INTERRA H352Dn:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.CONDITION.I Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
E.ERR Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Conditional
IE Error)
1278083439 CELL.INTERRA H352Dn:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.CONDITION.I Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
E.ERR Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Conditional
IE Error)

GSM BSS

1278083440 CELL.INTERRA H352Do:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.CA Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels) (No
Cell Allocation
Available)
1278083440 CELL.INTERRA H352Do:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.NO.CA Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels) (No
Cell Allocation
Available)
1278083441 CELL.INTERRA H352Dp:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.PROTOCL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Protocol
Error
Unspecified)
1278083441 CELL.INTERRA H352Dp:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.PROTOCL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Protocol
Error
Unspecified)

GSM BSS

1278083442 CELL.INTERRA H352Dq:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Other
Causes)
1278083442 CELL.INTERRA H352Dq:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

.OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
(Other
Causes)
1278083443 CELL.INTERRA H352Ka:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.HO.REJ. Inter-RAT y
OM.INTERVE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
NTION Handovers SCDMA
(Handover Interoperabilit
Request y
Rejected)
(OM
Intervention)
1278083443 CELL.INTERRA H352Ka:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

OM.INTERVE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
NTION Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(OM
Intervention)

GSM BSS

1278083444 CELL.INTERRA H352Kb:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

EQUIP.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Equipment
Failure)
1278083444 CELL.INTERRA H352Kb:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

EQUIP.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Equipment
Failure)
1278083445 CELL.INTERRA H352Kc:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

NO.RADIO.RE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
S Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected) (No
Radio
Resource
Available)
1278083445 CELL.INTERRA H352Kc:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

NO.RADIO.RE Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
S Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected) (No
Radio
Resource
Available)

GSM BSS

1278083446 CELL.INTERRA H352Kd:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.NO.TER.R Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
ES Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Terrestrial
Resource
Unavailable)
1278083446 CELL.INTERRA H352Kd:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.NO.TER.R Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
ES Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Terrestrial
Resource
Unavailable)
1278083447 CELL.INTERRA H352Ke:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

BSS.NOT.EQUI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
P Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(BSS not
Equipped)
1278083447 CELL.INTERRA H352Ke:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

BSS.NOT.EQUI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
P Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(BSS not
Equipped)

GSM BSS

1278083448 CELL.INTERRA H352Kf:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

INVAILD.CELL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Invalid Cell)
1278083448 CELL.INTERRA H352Kf:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

INVAILD.CELL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Invalid Cell)
1278083449 CELL.INTERRA H352Kg:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.TRANSC. Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
UNAIVL Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Transcoding/
Rate Adaption
Unavailable)
1278083449 CELL.INTERRA H352Kg:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.TRANSC. Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
UNAIVL Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Transcoding/
Rate Adaption
Unavailable)

GSM BSS

1278083450 CELL.INTERRA H352Kh:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

CIR.POOL.MIS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
MATCH Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Circuit Pool
Mismatch)
1278083450 CELL.INTERRA H352Kh:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

CIR.POOL.MIS Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
MATCH Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Circuit Pool
Mismatch)
1278083451 CELL.INTERRA H352Ki:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.NO.SV Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Speech
Version
Unavailable)
1278083451 CELL.INTERRA H352Ki:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

REQ.NO.SV Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Requested
Speech
Version
Unavailable)

GSM BSS

1278083452 CELL.INTERRA H352Kj:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

CIPH.ALG.NO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
T.SUPT Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Ciphering
Algorithm not
Supported)
1278083452 CELL.INTERRA H352Kj:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

CIPH.ALG.NO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
T.SUPT Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Ciphering
Algorithm not
Supported)
1278083453 CELL.INTERRA H352Kk:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

TER.CIR.ALRD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Y.ALLOC Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Terrestrial
circuit already
allocated)
1278083453 CELL.INTERRA H352Kk:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

TER.CIR.ALRD Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Y.ALLOC Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Terrestrial
circuit already
allocated)

GSM BSS

1278083454 CELL.INTERRA H352Kl:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

INVAILD.MSG Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Invalid
Message)
1278083454 CELL.INTERRA H352Kl:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

INVAILD.MSG Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Invalid
Message)
1278083455 CELL.INTERRA H352Km:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

PROTOCOL.ER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
R Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Protocol
Error between
BSS and MSC)
1278083455 CELL.INTERRA H352Km:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

PROTOCOL.ER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
R Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Protocol
Error between
BSS and MSC)

GSM BSS

1278083456 CELL.INTERRA H352Kn:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Other
Causes)
1278083456 CELL.INTERRA H352Kn:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
(Other
Causes)
1278083457 CELL.INTERRA H352Ha:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.CLR.C Inter-RAT y
MD.RADIO.IN Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
TF.MSG.FAIL Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Radio
Interface
Message
Failure)
1278083457 CELL.INTERRA H352Ha:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

TF.MSG.FAIL Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Radio
Interface
Message
Failure)

GSM BSS

1278083458 CELL.INTERRA H352Hb:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

TF.FAIL Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Radio
Interface
Failure)
1278083458 CELL.INTERRA H352Hb:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

TF.FAIL Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Radio
Interface
Failure)
1278083459 CELL.INTERRA H352Hc:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.OM.INTER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
VENTION Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(OM
Intervention)
1278083459 CELL.INTERRA H352Hc:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.OM.INTER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
VENTION Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(OM
Intervention)

GSM BSS

1278083460 CELL.INTERRA H352Hd:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.EQUIP.FAI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
L Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Equipment
Failure)
1278083460 CELL.INTERRA H352Hd:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.EQUIP.FAI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
L Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Equipment
Failure)
1278083461 CELL.INTERRA H352He:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.PREEMPTI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
ON Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Preemption)
1278083461 CELL.INTERRA H352He:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.PREEMPTI Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
ON Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Preemption)

GSM BSS

1278083462 CELL.INTERRA H352Hf:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.INVALID. Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
MSG Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Invalid
Message)
1278083462 CELL.INTERRA H352Hf:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.INVALID. Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
MSG Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Invalid
Message)
1278083463 CELL.INTERRA H352Hg:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.PROTOCO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
L.ERR Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Protocol
Error between
BSS and MSC)
1278083463 CELL.INTERRA H352Hg:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.PROTOCO Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
L.ERR Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Protocol
Error between
BSS and MSC)

GSM BSS

1278083464 CELL.INTERRA H352Hh:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Other
Causes)
1278083464 CELL.INTERRA H352Hh:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

MD.OTHER Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
(Other
Causes)
1278083465 CELL.INTERRA H352G:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.A.INTE Inter-RAT y
RF.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers (A SCDMA
Interface Interoperabilit
Failure) y
1278083465 CELL.INTERRA H352G:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.A.INTE Inter-RAT y
RF.FAIL Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers (A SCDMA
Interface Interoperabilit
Failure) y

O.FAIL.T7.EXP Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(T7 Expired) Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y

Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
y
1278083468 CELL.INTERRA CH350:Outgoi BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.REQ Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

O.REQ Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

N.OUTCELL.H sful Outgoing GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.SUCC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


N.OUTCELL.H sful Outgoing GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.SUCC Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

N.OUTCELL.H s Rate of GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.SUCC.RATE Outgoing y
Inter-RAT GSM/TD-
Inter-Cell SCDMA
y

N.OUTCELL.H s Rate of GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.SUCC.RATE Outgoing y
Inter-RAT GSM/TD-
Inter-Cell SCDMA
y

O.CMD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

O.CMD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
1278083472 CELL.INTERRA CH352:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS

1278083472 CELL.INTERRA CH352:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
1278083473 CELL.INTERRA CH352D:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.RECON Inter-RAT y
N.SUCC Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
1278083473 CELL.INTERRA CH352D:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.RECON Inter-RAT y
N.SUCC Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
to Old y
Channels)
1278083474 CELL.INTERRA CH352K:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.REQ.RE Inter-RAT y
J Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)
1278083474 CELL.INTERRA CH352K:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.REQ.RE Inter-RAT y
J Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Request y
Rejected)

GSM BSS

1278083475 CELL.INTERRA CH352H:Faile BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.MSC.CL Inter-RAT y
R Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
1278083475 CELL.INTERRA CH352H:Faile BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.FAIL.MSC.CL Inter-RAT y
R Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
Commands y
Sent By MSC)
1278083486 CELL.INTERRA H350G:Outgoi BSC6900 GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H ng Inter-RAT Load Based
O.REQ.LOAD.B Inter-Cell Handover
ASED.HO Handover
Requests(load
based
handover)

O.REQ.LOAD.B Inter-Cell Handover
ASED.HO Handover
Requests(load
based
handover)

O.CMD.LOAD. Inter-Cell Handover
BASED.HO Handover
Commands(lo
ad based
handover)

O.CMD.LOAD. Inter-Cell Handover
BASED.HO Handover
Commands(lo
ad based
handover)

GSM BSS

1278083488 CELL.INTERRA H352N:Numb BSC6900 GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H er of Failed Load Based
O.FAIL.TARGE Outgoing Handover
TCELL.TRAFLO Inter-RAT
AD.HIGHER Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Target Cell
Traffic Load
Higher)
1278083488 CELL.INTERRA H352N:Numb BSC6910 GBFD-114322 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H er of Failed Load Based
O.FAIL.TARGE Outgoing Handover
TCELL.TRAFLO Inter-RAT
AD.HIGHER Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Target Cell
Traffic Load
Higher)
1278083489 CELL.INTERRA H350M:Outgo BSC6900 GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H ing Inter-RAT Service Based
O.REQ.SERVIC Inter-Cell Handover
E.BASED.HO Handover
Requests(servi
ce based
handover)

O.REQ.SERVIC Inter-Cell Handover
E.BASED.HO Handover
Requests(servi
ce based
handover)

O.CMD.SERVI Inter-Cell Handover
CE.BASED.HO Handover
Commands(se
rvice based
handover)

O.CMD.SERVI Inter-Cell Handover
CE.BASED.HO Handover
Commands(se
rvice based
handover)

GSM BSS

1278083491 CELL.INTERRA H352M:Failed BSC6900 GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H Outgoing Service Based
O.FAIL.SERVIC Inter-RAT Handover
E.BASED.HO Inter-Cell
Handovers(ser
vice based
handover)
1278083491 CELL.INTERRA H352M:Failed BSC6910 GBFD-114321 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H Outgoing Service Based
O.FAIL.SERVIC Inter-RAT Handover
E.BASED.HO Inter-Cell
Handovers(ser
vice based
handover)
1278083492 CELL.INTERRA H3500A:Outg BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H oing Inter-RAT GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
O.REQ.DR.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)

O.REQ.DR.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Requests SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)

O.CMD.DR.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)

O.CMD.DR.SD Inter-Cell y
Handover GSM/TD-
Commands SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)

GSM BSS


O.FAIL.DR.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)

O.FAIL.DR.SD Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell GSM/TD-
Handovers SCDMA
(Directed y
Retry)
1278699497 BSCRPT.INTER ZH952C:Succe BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

RAN.OUTCELL ssful GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
.HO.FAIL.T8.EX Reconnections y
P to Old GSM/TD-
Channels SCDMA
upon Interoperabilit
Outgoing y
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Failure per
BSC(T8 Time
Out)
1278699497 BSCRPT.INTER ZH952C:Succe BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

RAN.OUTCELL ssful GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
.HO.FAIL.T8.EX Reconnections y
P to Old GSM/TD-
Channels SCDMA
Outgoing y
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Failure per
BSC(T8 Time
Out)

GSM BSS

1278699498 BSCRPT.INTER ZCH952D:Succ BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

RAN.OUTCELL essful GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
.HO.FAIL.REC Reconnections y
ONN.SUCC to Old GSM/TD-
Channels SCDMA
Outgoing y
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Failure per
BSC
1278699498 BSCRPT.INTER ZCH952D:Succ BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

RAN.OUTCELL essful GBFD-114302 Interoperabilit
.HO.FAIL.REC Reconnections y
ONN.SUCC to Old GSM/TD-
Channels SCDMA
Outgoing y
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Failure per
BSC
1279172426 NC.CELL.RESE H9010:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

LECT.ATMPT r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
Controlled Cell
Cell GBFD-114301 Reselection
Reselection GBFD-511307 (NC2)
Attempts NC2 between
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS


LECT.ATMPT r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
Controlled Cell
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172427 NC.CELL.URG. H9011:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

RESELECT.AT r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Controlled Cell
Attempts Due NC2 between
to Downlink GSM and TD-
Quality SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172427 NC.CELL.URG. H9011:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

RESELECT.AT r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Controlled Cell
to Downlink GSM and TD-
Quality SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS

1279172428 NC.CELL.LOA H9012:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

D.RESELECT.A r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
TMPT Controlled Cell
Attempts due NC2 between
to Traffic GSM and TD-
Load SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172428 NC.CELL.LOA H9012:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

D.RESELECT.A r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
TMPT Controlled Cell
Attempts due NC2 between
to Traffic GSM and TD-
Load SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172429 NC.CELL.GENE H9013:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

RAL.RESELECT. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
ATMPT Controlled Cell
Attempts for NC2 between
Better Cell GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS

1279172429 NC.CELL.GENE H9013:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

RAL.RESELECT. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
Attempts for NC2 between
Better Cell GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

LECT.FAIL.AT r of Failed GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Network- Cell
Controlled GBFD-114301 Reselection
Cell GBFD-511307 (NC2)
Reselections NC2 between
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

LECT.FAIL.AT r of Failed GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Network- Cell
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE

GSM BSS

1279172433 NC.CELL.INTE H9017:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

RRAN.RESELE r of Inter-RAT GBFD-511405 Controlled
CT.ATMPT Network- Cell
Reselection NC2 between
Attempts GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172433 NC.CELL.INTE H9017:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

RRAN.RESELE r of Inter-RAT GBFD-511405 Controlled
CT.ATMPT Network- Cell
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1279172434 NC.CELL. H9018:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

2G.TO. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
3G.RESELECT. Controlled 2G Cell
ATMPT to 3G Cell GBFD-114301 Reselection
Reselection (NC2)
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS


2G.TO. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
3G.RESELECT. Controlled 2G Cell
ATMPT to 3G Cell GBFD-114301 Reselection
Reselection (NC2)
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

2G.TO. r of Failed GBFD-511405 Controlled
3G.RESELECT.F Network- Cell
AIL Controlled 2G GBFD-114301 Reselection
to 3G Cell (NC2)
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

2G.TO. r of Failed GBFD-511405 Controlled
3G.RESELECT.F Network- Cell
AIL Controlled 2G GBFD-114301 Reselection
to 3G Cell (NC2)
GSM and TD-
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS

1282429797 NC.CELL.TRAF H9020:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

FIC.RESELECT. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
to Service GSM and TD-
Type SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1282429797 NC.CELL.TRAF H9020:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

FIC.RESELECT. r of Network- GBFD-511405 Controlled
to Service GSM and TD-
Type SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
eNC2
Between GSM
and LTE
1282432868 NC.CELL.FORC H9504:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-116201 Network-

E.RESELECT.AT r of Forced GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Network- Cell
Cell (NC2)
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y

GSM BSS

1282432868 NC.CELL.FORC H9504:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-116201 Network-

E.RESELECT.AT r of Forced GBFD-511405 Controlled
MPT Network- Cell
Cell (NC2)
SCDMA
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y
1282433311 CELL.INTERRA H0308A:Num BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

N.OUTCELL.H ber of Interoperabilit
O.REQ.GW.DIF Handover y
F.MS Requests
(MSs Enabled
with GSM/
WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y)

O.REQ.GW.DIF Handover y
F.MS Requests
(MSs Enabled
with GSM/
WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y)

O.FAIL.GW.DIF Handover y
F.MS Failures (MSs
Enabled with
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y)

O.FAIL.GW.DIF Handover y
F.MS Failures (MSs
Enabled with
GSM/WCDMA
Interoperabilit
y)

GSM BSS

1282448448 CELL.WCDMA. H354:Number BSC6900 GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA

FAST.RETURN. of Fast Return Reselection at
NUM Times of 2G CS Call
WCDMA UEs Release
1282448448 CELL.WCDMA. H354:Number BSC6910 GBFD-114325 Fast WCDMA

FAST.RETURN. of Fast Return Reselection at
NUM Times of 2G CS Call
WCDMA UEs Release

N.OUTCELL.H oing Inter-RAT Interoperabilit
O.REQ.QLTY Inter-Cell y
Handover
Requests
(Signal
Quality)

O.REQ.QLTY Inter-Cell y
Handover
Requests
(Signal
Quality)
1282448450 CELL.INTERRA H3509B:Outg BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.REQ.RXL Inter-Cell y
Handover
Requests
(Signal
Strength)

O.REQ.RXL Inter-Cell y
Handover
Requests
(Signal
Strength)
1282448451 CELL.INTERRA H3509C:Outg BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

O.REQ.BETTER Inter-Cell y
.CELL Handover
Requests
(Better Cell)

GSM BSS


O.REQ.BETTER Inter-Cell y
.CELL Handover
Requests
(Better Cell)

O.CMD.QLTY Inter-Cell y
Handover
Commands
(Signal
Quality)

O.CMD.QLTY Inter-Cell y
Handover
Commands
(Signal
Quality)

O.CMD.RXL Inter-Cell y
Handover
Commands
(Signal
Strength)

O.CMD.RXL Inter-Cell y
Handover
Commands
(Signal
Strength)

O.CMD.BETTE Inter-Cell y
R.CELL Handover
Commands
(Better Cell)

GSM BSS


O.CMD.BETTE Inter-Cell y
R.CELL Handover
Commands
(Better Cell)

N.OUTCELL.H Outgoing Interoperabilit
O.FAIL.QLTY Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Signal
Quality)

O.FAIL.QLTY Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Signal
Quality)

O.FAIL.RXL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Signal
Strength)

O.FAIL.RXL Inter-RAT y
Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Signal
Strength)

O.FAIL.BETTER Inter-RAT y
.CELL Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Better Cell)

GSM BSS


O.FAIL.BETTER Inter-RAT y
.CELL Inter-Cell
Handovers
(Better Cell)
1282448458 CELL.UCELL.I ST514:Numbe BSC6900 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

NTERRAN.OU r of GSM- Interoperabilit
TCELL.HO.CM WCDMA y
D Outgoing
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Commands
1282448458 CELL.UCELL.I ST514:Numbe BSC6910 GBFD-114301 GSM/WCDMA

NTERRAN.OU r of GSM- Interoperabilit
TCELL.HO.CM WCDMA y
D Outgoing
Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell
Handover
Commands

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 13 Glossary
13 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

GSM BSS
Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents
14 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 45.008: "Radio subsystem link control"

2. 3GPP TS 44.018: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource
Control (RRC) "protocol
3. 3GPP TS 48.008: "Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station system (MSC-BSS)
interface; Layer 3 specification"
4. BSC6900 Feature List
5. BSC6900 Optional Feature Description
6. BSC6900 GSM Parameter Reference
7. BSC6900 GSM MML Command Reference
8. Handover Feature Parameter Description

Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA (GBSS19.1 - 03)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Interoperability Between GSM and WCDMA (GBSS19.1 - 03)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GSM BSS

Interoperability Between GSM and

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

1 About This Document.............................................................................................................1

3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and WCDMA...................................................................... 6

4 Measurement of Neighboring WCDMA Cells................................................................... 8

6 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT CS Handover............................................................................. 26

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

7 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT PS Handover............................................................................. 33

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

10.2 Required Information........................................................................................................................................................ 52

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

The following features are described in Common Radio Resource Management

The following features are described in NACC Feature Parameter Description:

● GBFD-511102 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g

1.2 Intended Audience

● Need to understand the features described herein

1.3 Change History

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Modified man-machine language None

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Modified the methods for differentiated None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Added methods for differentiated Added the following

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

2.2 NEs Supporting the Feature

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

3 Iur-g Interface Between GSM and

Load information exchange is a prerequisite for Interoperability Between GSM and

Figure 3-1 Position of the Iur-g interface on a network

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

3.1 Common Measurement Based on the Iur-g

3.2 Information Exchange Based on the Iur-g Interface

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

4 Measurement of Neighboring WCDMA

If "MBR" is indicated in a system message, the MS reports the number of

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

and the neighboring cell information includes the values of DF (BSC6900,

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

The conditions for triggering the measurement depend on the value of QP

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

5 GSM/WCDMA Inter-RAT Cell Reselection

GSM/WCDMA inter-RAT cell reselection includes WCDMA-to-GSM cell reselection

For MSs in idle mode, GSM/WCDMA interoperability involves only GSM/WCDMA

The INTERRATCELLRESELEN (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies whether

5.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM

5.1.1 Cell Reselection from WCDMA to GSM for MSs in Idle

Issue 03 (2019-01-31) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

5.1.2 WCDMA-to-GSM NACC

Figure 5-1 shows the WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure.

Figure 5-1 WCDMA-to-GSM NACC procedure

● SI request procedure: This procedure is initiated by the source RNC, requesting